T E X A S I N S T R U M E N T S
2020 Annual Report
Notice of 2021 Annual Meeting
and Proxy Statement
To our shareholders, colleagues, customers and partners:
Our long-standing passion and ambitions
For decades, Texas Instruments has operated with a passion to create a better world by making electronics more
affordable through semiconductors. With each generation, technology has become more reliable, more affordable and
lower in power, with semiconductors used by a growing number of customers and markets. Our passion continues to
be alive today, as we help customers develop electronics and new applications, particularly in industrial and automotive
markets.
Our founders had the foresight to know that passion alone was not enough and that building a great company required
a special culture to thrive for the long term. For many years, we’ve run our business with three overarching ambitions in
mind. First, we will act like owners who will own the company for decades. Second, we will adapt and succeed in a world
that’s ever changing. And third, we will be a company that we’re personally proud to be a part of and would want as our
neighbor. When we’re successful in achieving these ambitions, our employees, customers, communities and shareholders
all win.
Our commitment to being a good corporate citizen
We take great pride in our commitment to being a good corporate citizen, which impacts our communities and the world
in two ways. First, our ambitions guide how we run our business and are foundational to ensuring that we operate in a
sustainable, socially thoughtful and environmentally responsible manner. Central to these ambitions is a belief that in order
for all stakeholders to benefit, the company must grow stronger over the long term. Second, semiconductors will play a
critical role in creating a better world and helping to reduce the impact on the environment. With our ambitions guiding our
decision-making for the long term and our products helping to create a better world, we are confident that our collective
efforts will be impactful and long-lasting.
Our objective and strategy
As engineers, we’re fortunate to work on exciting technology which helps our customers innovate to create a better world.
Technology is the foundation of our company, but ultimately, our objective and the best metric to measure progress and
generate long-term value for owners is the growth of free cash flow per share. Our strategy to maximize free cash per
share growth has three elements: first, a great business model that’s focused on analog and embedded processing
products and built around four sustainable competitive advantages; second, discipline in allocating capital to the best
opportunities; lastly, a focus on efficiency, which means more output for every dollar spent.
2020 performance
2020 was possibly the most challenging year the world has collectively faced in a long time and highlighted the power of
our ambitions to guide our decisions and actions:
• We operated our factories to support our customers when their ability to forecast was minimal.
• We invested in our people and kept them safe.
• We invested in R&D, long-term manufacturing capacity and new capabilities.
• We invested in our communities in a year when the need was particularly high.
When 2020 was complete, TI was stronger, revenue grew slightly and the balance sheet remained strong. Additionally,
consistent with our commitment to return free cash flow to owners, we increased our dividend 13%.
Perhaps most importantly, I couldn’t be prouder of how TIers adapted and performed in 2020. We have learned through
the decades that challenging years are when our ambitions are most critical in guiding our decisions and when TIers rise to
the challenge.
Note: Free cash flow (non-GAAP) = Cash flow from operations less capital expenditures. See page 19 in the 10-K for reconciliation.
Looking ahead
As engineers, it’s a privilege to get to pursue our passion of creating a better world by making electronics more affordable
through semiconductors.
We will remain focused on the belief that long-term growth of free cash flow per share is the ultimate measure to generate
value. To achieve this, we will invest to strengthen our competitive advantages, be disciplined in capital allocation and stay
diligent in our pursuit of efficiencies.
You can count on us to stay true to our ambitions: to think like owners for the long term, adapt and succeed in a world
that’s ever changing and behave in a way that makes our stakeholders proud. When we’re successful, our employees,
customers, communities and shareholders all win.
Rich Templeton
Chairman, president and CEO
(This page intentionally left blank.)
Form 10-K table of contents
PART I
Item 1.
Business...........................................................................................................................................................
2
Item 1A. Risk factors....................................................................................................................................................... 8
Item 1B. Unresolved staff comments .............................................................................................................................. 13
Item 2.
Properties......................................................................................................................................................... 13
Item 3.
Legal proceedings ............................................................................................................................................ 13
Item 4. Mine safety disclosures..................................................................................................................................... 13
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s common equity, related stockholder matters and issuer purchases of equity securities ...... 14
Item 6.
Selected financial data...................................................................................................................................... 15
Item 7. Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations .................................... 16
PART II
Overview .................................................................................................................................................. 16
Impact of COVID-19 ................................................................................................................................. 17
Results of operations ................................................................................................................................ 17
Financial condition.................................................................................................................................... 18
Liquidity and capital resources ................................................................................................................. 19
Non-GAAP financial information ............................................................................................................... 19
Long-term contractual obligations............................................................................................................. 20
Critical accounting policies ....................................................................................................................... 20
Changes in accounting standards ............................................................................................................ 21
Off-balance sheet arrangements............................................................................................................... 21
Commitments and contingencies ............................................................................................................. 21
Item 7A. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk................................................................................. 22
Item 8.
Financial statements and supplementary data .................................................................................................. 23
Consolidated Statements of Income ......................................................................................................... 24
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income................................................................................ 25
Consolidated Balance Sheets ................................................................................................................... 26
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows................................................................................................... 27
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity..................................................................................... 28
Notes to financial statements ............................................................................................................................ 29
1. Description of business, including segment and geographic area information .................................... 29
2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies and practices ............................................. 31
3. Stock compensation .......................................................................................................................... 34
4.
Income taxes ..................................................................................................................................... 38
5. Financial instruments and risk concentration ...................................................................................... 40
6. Valuation of debt and equity investments and certain liabilities ........................................................... 41
7. Goodwill and acquisition-related intangibles....................................................................................... 43
8. Postretirement benefit plans............................................................................................................... 43
9. Debt and lines of credit ...................................................................................................................... 49
10. Leases ............................................................................................................................................... 50
11. Commitments and contingencies....................................................................................................... 51
12. Supplemental financial information ..................................................................................................... 51
13. Quarterly financial data (unaudited) .................................................................................................... 53
Report of independent registered public accounting firm .................................................................................. 54
Item 9.
Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure ................................. 56
Item 9A. Controls and procedures .................................................................................................................................. 56
Item 9B. Other information.............................................................................................................................................. 58
PART III
Item 10. Directors, executive officers and corporate governance .................................................................................... 58
Item 11. Executive compensation................................................................................................................................... 58
Item 12. Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters ................. 59
Item 13. Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence ....................................................... 59
Item 14. Principal accountant fees and services ............................................................................................................. 59
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, financial statement schedules ............................................................................................................. 60
Notice regarding forward-looking statements ................................................................................................................... 61
Signatures ........................................................................................................................................................................ 63
Proxy statement table of contents
y
Notice of annual meeting of stockholders ......................................................................................................................... 1
Table of contents .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
Voting procedures, quorum and attendance requirements................................................................................................ 3
Election of directors .......................................................................................................................................................... 5
Board organization ........................................................................................................................................................... 12
Director compensation ..................................................................................................................................................... 17
Executive compensation................................................................................................................................................... 19
Audit Committee report .................................................................................................................................................... 44
Proposal to ratify appointment of independent registered public accounting firm .............................................................. 44
Stockholder proposal ....................................................................................................................................................... 45
Additional information ....................................................................................................................................................... 47
Notice regarding forward-looking statements ................................................................................................................... 53
Appendix A (Non-GAAP reconciliations) ........................................................................................................................... A-1
Other information table of contents
Comparison of total shareholder return............................................................................................................................. 1
Notice regarding forward-looking statements ................................................................................................................... 1
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(cid:1409) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020
(cid:1407) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___________ to ___________
Commission File Number 001-03761
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware
(State of Incorporation)
75-0289970
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
12500 TI Boulevard, Dallas, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
75243
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 214-479-3773
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00
TXN
The Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407)
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes (cid:1407) No (cid:1409)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period
that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes (cid:1409) No (cid:1407)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,”
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer (cid:1409)
Smaller reporting company (cid:1407)
Accelerated filer (cid:1407)
Emerging growth company (cid:1407)
Non-accelerated filer (cid:1407)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:1407)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b))
by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. (cid:1409)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:1407) No (cid:1409)
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $116,120,360,680 as of
June 30, 2020.
920,239,191 (Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of January 27, 2021)
Part III hereof incorporates information by reference to the Registrant’s proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting of
stockholders.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 1
PART I
ITEM 1. Business
We design and make semiconductors that we sell to electronics designers and manufacturers all over the world. Our operations
began in 1930, and we are incorporated in Delaware. With headquarters in Dallas, Texas, we have design, manufacturing or
sales operations in more than 30 countries. Our two reportable segments are Analog and Embedded Processing, and we report
the results of our remaining business activities in Other. In 2020, we generated $14.46 billion of revenue.
For decades, we have operated with a passion to create a better world by making electronics more affordable through
semiconductors. We were pioneers in the transition from vacuum tubes to transistors and then to integrated circuits. As each
generation became more reliable, more affordable and lower in power, semiconductors were used by a growing number of
customers and markets. This passion is alive today as we help our customers develop electronics and new applications,
particularly in industrial and automotive markets.
For many years, we have run our business with three overarching ambitions in mind. First, we will act like owners who will
own the company for decades. Second, we will adapt and succeed in a world that is ever changing. And third, we will be a
company that we are personally proud to be a part of and that we would want as our neighbor. When we are successful in
achieving these ambitions, our employees, customers, communities and shareholders all win.
As engineers, we are fortunate to work on exciting technology which helps our customers innovate to create a better world.
Technology is the foundation of our company, but ultimately, our objective and the best metric to measure progress and
generate long-term value for owners is the growth of free cash flow per share.
Our strategy to maximize free cash flow per share growth has three elements:
The first element of our strategy is a business model that is focused on analog and embedded processing products and built
around four competitive advantages. This business model is the result of a series of strategic decisions made over the years and
that continue today. The four sustainable competitive advantages are a strong foundation of manufacturing and technology, a
broad portfolio of analog and embedded processing products, the reach of our market channels, and diversity and longevity of
our products, markets and customer positions. In combination, these four competitive advantages provide tangible benefits, are
difficult to replicate and ultimately separate us from our best peers. Together, these competitive advantages help position TI in
a unique class of companies capable of generating and returning significant amounts of cash for our owners. We make our
investments with an eye towards long-term strengthening and leveraging of these advantages.
The second element of our strategy to maximize free cash flow per share growth is disciplined allocation of capital. This spans
how we select R&D projects, develop new capabilities like TI.com, invest in new manufacturing capacity or how we think
about acquisitions and returning cash to our owners. Over a 10-year period from 2011 to 2020, we allocated $83 billion, which
reinforces the importance of discipline in capital allocation. The largest allocation over this period was to drive organic growth,
which includes investments in R&D, sales and marketing, capital expenditures and working capital for inventory. Beyond that,
we also allocated capital to dividends and share repurchases. Dividends are designed to appeal to a broad set of investors, and
share repurchases are made with the goal of the accretive capture of future free cash flow for long-term investors. Lastly, we
allocate to acquisitions for inorganic growth, which we last did in 2011 when we acquired National Semiconductor.
The third element of our strategy is efficiency, which we think of as constantly striving for more output for every dollar spent.
This is about getting our investments in the most impactful areas to maximize the growth of long-term free cash flow per share;
it is not just about optimizing cost-cutting to get to the last dollar of expense. We bring this philosophy of efficiency and
continuous improvement to all areas of the company, and this focus on efficiency contributes to revenue growth, improved
gross margins, disciplined R&D and SG&A expense, free cash flow margins and ultimately to free cash flow per share growth.
We believe that our business model with the combined effect of our four competitive advantages sets TI apart from our peers
and will for a long time to come. We will invest to strengthen our competitive advantages, be disciplined in capital allocation
and stay diligent in our pursuit of efficiencies. Finally, we will remain focused on the belief that long-term growth of free cash
flow per share is the ultimate measure to generate value.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 2
Product information
Semiconductors are electronic components that serve as the building blocks inside modern electronic systems and equipment.
Semiconductors, generally known as “chips,” combine multiple transistors to form a complete electronic circuit. We have
a diverse product portfolio that is used to accomplish many different things, such as converting and amplifying signals,
interfacing with other devices, managing and distributing power, processing data, canceling noise and improving signal
resolution. This broad portfolio includes approximately 80,000 products that are integral to almost every type of electronic
equipment.
Our segments represent groups of similar products that are combined on the basis of similar design and development
requirements, product characteristics, manufacturing processes and distribution channels. Our segments also reflect how
management allocates resources and measures results.
Analog
Our Analog segment generated $10.89 billion of revenue in 2020. Analog semiconductors change real-world signals, such as
sound, temperature, pressure or images, by conditioning them, amplifying them and often converting them to a stream of digital
data that can be processed by other semiconductors, such as embedded processors. Analog semiconductors are also used to
manage power in all electronic equipment by converting, distributing, storing, discharging, isolating and measuring electrical
energy, whether the equipment is plugged into a wall or using a battery. As the digitization of electronics continues, there is a
growing need and opportunity for analog chips to provide the power to run devices and the critical interfaces with human
beings, the real world and other electronic devices. Our Analog products are used in many markets, particularly industrial,
automotive and personal electronics.
Sales of our Analog products generated about 75% of our revenue in 2020.
Our Analog segment includes the following major product lines: Power and Signal Chain.
Power
Power includes products that help customers manage power in electronic systems in all end markets. Our broad portfolio is
designed to manage power requirements across different voltage levels, including battery-management solutions, DC/DC
switching regulators, AC/DC and isolated controllers and converters, power switches, linear regulators, voltage supervisors,
voltage references and lighting products.
Signal Chain
Signal Chain includes products that sense, condition and measure real-world signals to allow information to be transferred
or converted for further processing and control. Our Signal Chain products, which serve a variety of end markets, include
amplifiers, data converters, interface products, motor drives, clocks, logic and sensing products.
Embedded Processing
Our Embedded Processing segment generated $2.57 billion of revenue in 2020. Embedded Processing products are the digital
“brains” of many types of electronic equipment. They are designed to handle specific tasks and can be optimized for various
combinations of performance, power and cost, depending on the application. Our devices vary from simple, low-cost
microcontrollers used in applications such as electric toothbrushes to highly specialized, complex devices such as motor
control. Our Embedded Processing products are used in many markets, particularly industrial and automotive.
An important characteristic of our Embedded Processing products is that our customers often invest their own research and
development (R&D) to write software that operates on our products. This investment tends to increase the length of our
customer relationships because many customers prefer to reuse software from one product generation to the next.
Sales of Embedded Processing products generated about 18% of our revenue in 2020.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 3
Our Embedded Processing segment includes microcontrollers, digital signal processors (DSPs) and applications processors.
Microcontrollers are self-contained systems with a processor core, memory and peripherals that are designed to control a set of
specific tasks for electronic equipment. DSPs perform mathematical computations almost instantaneously to process or improve
digital data. Applications processors are designed for specific computing activity.
Other
We report the results of our remaining business activities in Other, which includes operating segments that do not meet the
quantitative thresholds for individually reportable segments and cannot be aggregated with other operating segments. Other
generated $1.01 billion of revenue in 2020 and includes revenue from DLP® products (primarily used to project high-definition
images), calculators and certain custom semiconductors known as application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs).
In Other, we also include items that are not used in evaluating the results of or in allocating resources to our segments.
Examples of these items include acquisition charges, restructuring charges and certain corporate-level items, such as litigation
expenses, environmental costs and gains and losses from other activities, including asset dispositions.
Markets for our products
The table below lists the major markets for our products in 2020 and the estimated percentage of our 2020 revenue that the
market represented. The chart also lists, in declining order of our revenue, the sectors within each market.
Market
Industrial
(37% of TI revenue)
Automotive
(20% of TI revenue)
Personal electronics
(27% of TI revenue)
Communications equipment
(8% of TI revenue)
Enterprise systems
(6% of TI revenue)
Other (calculators and other)
(2% of TI revenue)
Sector
Factory automation & control
Medical
Building automation
Grid infrastructure
Aerospace & defense
Appliances
Test & measurement
Motor drives
Power delivery
Pro audio, video & signage
Retail automation & payment
Industrial transport
Lighting
Infotainment & cluster
Advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS)
Hybrid, electric & powertrain systems
Passive safety
Body electronics & lighting
Mobile phones
PC & notebooks
Portable electronics
Connected peripherals & printers
TV
Home theater & entertainment
Tablets
Wearables (non-medical)
Data storage
Gaming
Wireless infrastructure
Wired networking
Broadband fixed line access
Datacom module
Data center & enterprise computing
Enterprise projectors
Enterprise machine
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 4
Market characteristics
Competitive landscape
Despite recent consolidation, the analog and embedded processing markets remain highly fragmented. As a result, we face
significant global competition from dozens of large and small companies, including both broad-based suppliers and niche
suppliers. Our competitors also include emerging companies, particularly in Asia.
We believe that competitive performance in the semiconductor market generally depends on several factors, including the
breadth of a company’s product line, the strength and reach of its channels to market, technological innovation, product
development execution, technical support, customer service, quality, reliability, price and manufacturing capacity and
capabilities. In addition, manufacturing process and package technologies that provide differentiated levels of performance
and a structural cost advantage are competitive factors for our analog products, and customers’ prior investments in software
development is a competitive factor for our embedded processing products.
Market cycle
The “semiconductor cycle” refers to the ebb and flow of supply and demand and the building and depleting of inventories. The
semiconductor market historically has been characterized by periods of tight supply caused by strengthening demand and/or
insufficient manufacturing capacity, followed by periods of surplus inventory caused by weakening demand and/or excess
manufacturing capacity. These are typically referred to as upturns and downturns in the semiconductor cycle. A semiconductor
cycle could be affected by the significant time and money required to build and maintain semiconductor manufacturing
facilities.
We employ several strategies which have many benefits, including dampening the effect of the semiconductor cycle on TI.
As an example, we are focused on building closer direct relationships with customers. When it comes to market cycles, these
relationships provide improved insight into customer demand and allow us to more accurately and efficiently manage factory
loadings and inventory levels, which lead to more stable lead times and higher product availability. Finally, we focus our
resources on analog and embedded processing products and industrial and automotive markets. Generally, our products serve
a large and diverse customer base, which reduces our dependence on the performance of any single product, market or
customer. In addition, they typically have long shelf lives and low risk of obsolescence. Industrial and automotive markets
also benefit from long product life cycles, with revenue often lasting 10 years or more, which help to smooth the impact of
cyclicality.
Seasonality
Our revenue is subject to some seasonal variation. Historically, our sequential revenue growth rate tends to be weaker in the
first and fourth quarters when compared with the second and third quarters.
Customers, sales and distribution
We sell our products to over 100,000 customers. Our customer base is diverse, with more than one-third of our revenue derived
from customers outside our largest 100.
We market and sell our products through direct sales channels, including our website and broad sales and applications team,
and through distributors. Over the past several years, we have been investing in new capabilities and evolving our distribution
network to better align with our strategy to establish closer direct relationships with our customers. With less business flowing
through the distribution channel, we require fewer distributors. During 2020, we completed our transition to a single worldwide
distributor, coupled with a few region-specific distributors, for order fulfillment. Building closer direct customer relationships
strengthens our reach of market channel advantage, which gives us access to more customers and more of their design projects,
leading to the opportunity to sell more of our products into each design. Additionally, broader and deeper access gives us better
insight and knowledge of customer needs.
Our investments in new and improved capabilities to directly support our customers include website and e-commerce
enhancements as well as inventory consignment programs and order fulfillment services.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 5
Manufacturing
Semiconductor manufacturing begins with a sequence of photolithographic and chemical processing steps that fabricate a
number of semiconductor devices on a thin silicon wafer. Each device on the wafer is packaged and tested. The entire process
takes place in highly specialized facilities that require substantial investments.
We own and operate semiconductor manufacturing facilities in North America, Asia, Japan and Europe. These include both
wafer fabrication and assembly/test facilities.
We invest in manufacturing technologies and do most of our manufacturing in-house. This strategic decision to make
manufacturing and technology a core competitive advantage delivers tangible benefits of lower manufacturing costs and greater
control of our supply chain. We have focused on creating a competitive manufacturing structural cost advantage by investing in
our advanced analog 300-millimeter capacity. An unpackaged chip built on 300-millimeter wafers costs about 40% less than
an unpackaged chip built on 200-millimeter wafers. To strengthen this advantage, construction is underway on our new
300-millimeter wafer fabrication facility in Richardson, Texas, as 300-millimeter wafers will continue to support the majority
of our Analog growth.
We assess and are careful to address potential health, safety, and environmental risks presented by our operations, including our
manufacturing operations. We care for our environment and work to prevent pollution and the potential risks related to climate
change by implementing practices such as recycling and reusing materials, controlling harmful emissions, and properly
handling hazardous and restricted substances.
We expect to continue to maintain sufficient internal manufacturing capacity to meet the majority of our production needs and
to obtain manufacturing equipment to support new technology developments and revenue growth. To supplement our
manufacturing capacity and maximize our responsiveness to customer demand, we selectively use the capacity of outside
suppliers, commonly known as foundries, and subcontractors. In 2020, we sourced about 20% of our total wafers from external
foundries and about 40% of our assembly/test services from subcontractors.
Inventory
Our objectives for inventory are to maintain high levels of customer service, maintain stable and competitive lead times,
minimize inventory obsolescence and improve manufacturing asset utilization. To meet these objectives and to allow greater
flexibility in periods of high demand, we build ahead of demand our broad-based products that are used across a diverse set of
applications and customers and have low risk of obsolescence. Inventory levels will vary based on market conditions and
seasonality.
Raw materials
We purchase materials, parts and supplies from a number of suppliers. In some cases we purchase such items from sole-source
suppliers. The materials, parts and supplies essential to our business are generally available at present, and we believe that such
materials, parts and supplies will be available in the foreseeable future.
Intellectual property
We own many patents and have many patent applications pending in the United States and other countries in fields relating to
our business. We have developed a strong, broad-based patent portfolio and continually add patents to that portfolio. We also
have license agreements, which vary in duration, involving rights to our portfolio or those of other companies. We do not
consider our business materially dependent upon any one patent or patent license.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 6
Executive officers of the Registrant
The following is an alphabetical list of the names and ages of the executive officers of the company and the positions or offices
with the company held by each person named:
Name
Age
Ahmad S. Bahai ................................ 58
Kyle M. Flessner .............................. 50
Mark S. Gary .................................... 46
Haviv Ilan ......................................... 52
Hagop H. Kozanian .......................... 38
Rafael R. Lizardi .............................. 48
Amichai Ron ..................................... 43
Richard K. Templeton ....................... 62
Cynthia Hoff Trochu ......................... 57
Julie M. Van Haren ........................... 51
Darla H. Whitaker ............................ 55
Position
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer
Senior Vice President
Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President
The term of office of these officers is from the date of their election until their successor shall have been elected and qualified.
All have been employees of the company for more than five years. Mr. Templeton and Mses. Trochu and Whitaker have served
as executive officers of the company for more than five years. Messrs. Ilan and Lizardi and Ms. Van Haren became executive
officers of the company in 2017. Messrs. Bahai, Flessner and Kozanian became executive officers of the company in 2018.
Mr. Ron became an executive officer in 2019. Mr. Gary became an executive officer in 2020.
Human capital management
At December 31, 2020, we had about 30,000 employees worldwide. Of those, about 85% were in Sales, R&D or
manufacturing. Our objective for human capital management is to recruit, develop and retain the best talent possible. As a
technology and manufacturing company, our success is grounded in having strong engineering talent and a reliable factory
workforce. We have a promote-from-within culture and offer training and rotation programs that provide the opportunity to
quickly gain experience in different areas. In 2020, our turnover rate was 7.1%.
It is important that our employees represent a mix of experiences and backgrounds in order to make our company stronger,
more innovative and more inclusive. Inclusion is one of our core values, and we have programs in place to promote diversity
and inclusion. To learn more, review our Corporate Citizenship Report. Information in our Corporate Citizenship Report is not
part of this report.
Available information
Our internet address is www.ti.com. Information on our website is not part of this report. We make available free of charge
through our Investor Relations website our reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as
reasonably practicable after they are filed with the SEC. Also available through the TI Investor Relations website are reports
filed by our directors and executive officers on Forms 3, 4 and 5, and amendments to those reports.
Available on our website at www.ti.com/corporategovernance: (i) our Corporate Governance Guidelines; (ii) charters for the
Audit, Compensation, and Governance and Stockholder Relations Committees of our board of directors; (iii) our Code of
Conduct; and (iv) our Code of Ethics for TI Chief Executive Officer and Senior Finance Officers. Stockholders may request
copies of these documents free of charge by writing to Texas Instruments Incorporated, Attention: Investor Relations, P.O. Box
660199, MS 8657, Dallas, Texas, 75266-0199.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 7
ITEM 1A. Risk factors
You should read the following risk factors in conjunction with the factors discussed elsewhere in this and other of our filings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and in materials incorporated by reference into these filings. These risk
factors are intended to highlight certain factors that may affect our financial condition and results of operations and are not
meant to be an exhaustive discussion of risks that apply to TI, a company with broad international operations. Like many
companies, we are susceptible to a potential downturn associated with macroeconomic weakness, which may affect our
performance and the performance of our customers. Similarly, the price of our securities is subject to volatility due to
fluctuations in general market conditions, actual financial results that do not meet our and/or the investment community’s
expectations, changes in our and/or the investment community’s expectations for our future results, dividends or share
repurchases, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Risks related to our business and industry
The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition is uncertain.
The global spread of the novel coronavirus, severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2), and the
coronavirus disease, COVID-19, has created significant uncertainty and economic disruption, both near-term and potentially
long-term. We have modified, and might further modify, our business practices in response to the COVID-19 pandemic,
related third-party responses, including from government authorities and our suppliers, customers and distributors, and the
economic and social ramifications of the disease and societal responses across the markets in which TI operates. The extent
to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to affect our business, results of operation and financial condition is difficult
to predict and depends on numerous evolving factors including: the duration and scope of the pandemic; government, social,
business and other actions that have been and will be taken in response to the pandemic; and the effect of the pandemic on
short- and long-term general economic conditions. We might experience short- or long-term constrained supply or volatility
in customer demand, which could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results in future periods.(cid:3)
Our global operations subject us to risks associated with domestic or international political, social, economic or
other conditions.
We have facilities in more than 30 countries. About 90% of our revenue comes from shipments to locations outside the
United States; shipments of products to China-based customers represent about 20% of our revenue. Certain countries where
we operate have experienced, and other countries may experience, trade tension that affects global trade and macroeconomic
conditions through the enactment of tariffs, import or export restrictions, trade embargoes and sanctions, restrictions on cross-
border investment and other trade barriers. Trade tensions impact our ability to deliver products and product support into China,
cause Chinese customers to seek alternate suppliers and could otherwise adversely affect our operations and financial results.
We are exposed to political, social and economic conditions, security risks, terrorism or other hostile acts, health conditions
and epidemics, labor conditions, and possible disruptions in transportation, communications and information technology
networks of the various countries in which we operate. In addition, our global operations expose us to periods when the U.S.
dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to the non-U.S. currencies in which we transact business. The remeasurement of
non-U.S. dollar transactions can have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
We face substantial competition that requires us to respond rapidly to product development and pricing pressures.
We face intense technological and pricing competition in the markets in which we operate. We expect this competition will
continue to increase from large competitors and from small competitors serving niche markets, and also from emerging
companies, particularly in Asia, that sell products into the same markets in which we operate. For example, we may face
increased competition as a result of China actively promoting and reshaping its domestic semiconductor industry through
policy changes and investment. These actions, in conjunction with trade tensions, may restrict us from participating in the
China market or may prevent us from competing effectively. Certain competitors possess sufficient financial, technical and
management resources to develop and market products that may compete favorably against our products, and consolidation
among our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively. The price and product development pressures that result
from competition may lead to reduced profit margins and lost business opportunities in the event that we are unable to match
the price declines or cost efficiencies, or meet the technological, product, support, software or manufacturing advancements
of our competitors.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 8
Changes in expected demand for our products could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our customers include companies in a wide range of end markets and sectors within those markets. If demand in one or more
sectors within our end markets declines or the rate of growth slows, our results of operations may be adversely affected. The
cyclical nature of the semiconductor market occasionally leads to significant and rapid increases and decreases in product
demand. Additionally, the loss or significant curtailment of purchases by one or more of our large customers, including
curtailments due to a change in the design or manufacturing sourcing policies or practices of these customers, the timing of
customer or distributor inventory adjustments, changes in demand for customer products, or trade restrictions, may adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our results of operations also might suffer because of a general decline in customer demand resulting from, for example:
uncertainty regarding the stability of global credit and financial markets; natural events, epidemics or domestic or international
political, social, economic or other conditions; breaches of customer information technology systems that disrupt customer
operations; or a customer’s inability to access credit markets and other sources of needed liquidity.
Our ability to match inventory and production with the product mix needed to fill orders may affect our ability to meet a
quarter’s revenue forecast. We manufacture products based on forecasts of customers’ demands. These forecasts are based on
multiple assumptions, and if inaccurate, could cause us to hold inadequate, excess or obsolete inventory that would reduce
our profit margins and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our operating results and our reputation could be adversely affected by breaches, disruptions or other incidents
relating to our information technology systems.
Breaches, disruptions or other incidents relating to our information technology systems or the systems of our customers,
vendors and other third parties could be caused by factors such as computer viruses, system failures, restricted network access,
unauthorized access, terrorism, employee malfeasance, or human error. These events could, among other things, compromise
our information technology networks; result in corrupt or lost data or the unauthorized release of our, our customers’ or our
suppliers’ confidential or proprietary information; cause a disruption to our manufacturing and other operations; result in the
release of personal data; or cause us to incur costs associated with increased protection, remediation, regulatory inquiries or
penalties, or claims for damages, any of which could adversely affect our operating results and our reputation. Cybersecurity
or other threats to our information technology systems or the systems of our customers, vendors and other third parties are
frequent and constantly evolving, thereby increasing the difficulty of defending against them.
Our ability to successfully implement strategic, business and organizational changes could affect our business plans
and results of operations.
From time to time, we undertake strategic, business and organizational changes, including acquisitions, divestitures and
restructuring actions, to support or carry out our objectives. If we do not successfully implement these changes, our business
plans and operating results could be adversely affected. We may not achieve or sustain the expected growth, cost savings or
other benefits of strategic, business and organizational changes, and charges associated with these actions could differ
materially in amount and timing from our expectations.
Our results of operations could be affected by natural events in the locations in which we operate.
We have manufacturing, data and design facilities and other operations in locations subject to natural occurrences such as
severe weather, geological events or epidemics that could disrupt operations. A natural disaster that results in a prolonged
disruption, particularly where we have principal manufacturing and design operations, as listed in the Properties section in
Item 2, may adversely affect our results and financial condition.
Rapid technological change in markets we serve requires us to develop new technologies and products.
Rapid technological change in markets we serve could contribute to shortened product life cycles and a decline in average
selling prices of our products. Our results of operations depend in part upon our ability to successfully develop, manufacture
and market innovative products in a timely and cost-effective manner. We make significant investments in research and
development to improve existing technology and products, develop new products to meet changing customer demands, and
improve our production processes. In some cases, we might not realize a return or the expected return on our investments
because they are generally made before commercial viability can be assured. Further, projects that are commercially viable
may not contribute to our operating results until at least a few years after they are completed.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 9
We face supply chain and manufacturing risks.
We rely on third parties to supply us with goods and services in a cost-effective and timely manner. Our access to needed goods
and services may be adversely affected by potential disputes with suppliers or disruptions in our suppliers’ operations as a result
of, for example: quality excursions; uncertainty regarding the stability of global credit and financial markets; domestic or
international political, social, economic and other conditions; natural events or epidemics in the locations in which our suppliers
operate; or limited or delayed access to key raw materials, natural resources and utilities. Additionally, a breach or other
incident relating to our suppliers’ information technology systems could result in a release of confidential or proprietary
information. If our suppliers are unable to access credit markets and other sources of needed liquidity, we may be unable to
obtain needed supplies, collect accounts receivable or access needed technology.
In particular, our manufacturing processes and critical manufacturing equipment require that certain key raw materials, natural
resources and utilities be available. Limited or delayed access to and high costs of these items could adversely affect our results
of operations. Our products contain materials that are subject to conflict minerals reporting requirements. Our relationships
with customers and suppliers may be adversely affected if we are unable to describe our products as conflict-free. Additionally,
our costs may increase if one or more of our customers demand that we change the sourcing of materials we cannot identify as
conflict-free.
Our inability to timely implement new manufacturing technologies or install manufacturing equipment could adversely affect
our results of operations. We subcontract a portion of our wafer fabrication and assembly and testing of our products, and we
depend on third parties to provide advanced logic manufacturing process technology development. We do not have long-term
contracts with all of these suppliers, and the number of alternate suppliers is limited. Reliance on these suppliers involves risks,
including possible shortages of capacity in periods of high demand, suppliers’ inability to develop and deliver advanced logic
manufacturing process technology in a timely, cost-effective, and appropriate manner, the possibility of suppliers’ imposition
of increased costs on us and the unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property.
Our results of operations and our reputation could be affected by warranty claims, product liability claims, product
recalls or legal proceedings.
Claims based on warranty, product liability, epidemic or delivery failures, or other grounds relating to our products,
manufacturing, services, designs, communications or cybersecurity could lead to significant expenses as we defend the claims
or pay damage awards or settlements. In the event of a claim, we would also incur costs if we decide to compensate the affected
customer or end consumer. Any such claims may also cause us to write off the value of related inventory. We maintain product
liability insurance, but there is no guarantee that such insurance will be available or adequate to protect against all such claims.
In addition, it is possible for a customer to recall a product containing a TI part, for example, with respect to products used in
automotive applications or handheld electronics, which may cause us to incur costs and expenses relating to the recall. Any
of these events could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and reputation.
Our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected if a customer or a distributor suffers a
loss with respect to our inventory.
We have consignment inventory programs in place for some of our largest customers and distributors. If a customer or
distributor were to experience a loss with respect to TI-consigned inventory, our results of operations and financial condition
would be adversely affected if we do not recover the full value of the lost inventory from the customer, distributor or insurer, or
if our recovery is delayed.
Our results of operations could be adversely affected by distributors’ promotion of competing product lines or our
distributors’ financial performance.
In 2020, about half of our revenue was generated from sales of our products through distributors. Our distributors carry
competing product lines, and our sales could be affected if semiconductor distributors promote competing products over our
products. Moreover, our results of operations could be affected if our distributors suffer financial difficulties that result in their
inability to pay amounts owed to us. Disputes with current or former distributors could be disruptive or harmful to our business.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 10
Our margins vary.
Our profit margins vary due to a number of factors, which may include customer demand and shipment volume; our
manufacturing processes; product mix; inventory levels; tariffs; freight costs; and new accounting pronouncements or changes
in existing accounting practices or standards. In addition, we operate in a highly competitive market environment that might
adversely affect pricing for our products. Because we own much of our manufacturing capacity, a significant portion of our
operating costs is fixed. In general, these fixed costs do not decline with reductions in customer demand or factory loadings,
and can adversely affect profit margins as a result.
Our continued success depends in part on our ability to retain and recruit a sufficient number of qualified employees
in a competitive environment.
Our continued success depends in part on the retention and recruitment of skilled personnel, as well as the effective
management of succession for key employees. Skilled and experienced personnel in our industry, including engineering,
management, marketing, technical and staff personnel, are in high demand and competition for their talents is intense. There
can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully retain and recruit the key engineering, management and technical
personnel that we require to execute our business strategy. Our ability to recruit internationally or deploy employees to various
locations may be limited by immigration laws.
Legal and regulatory risks
Our operations could be affected by the complex laws, rules and regulations to which our business is subject.
We are subject to complex laws, rules and regulations affecting our domestic and international operations relating to, for
example, the environment and climate change, safety and health; trade; bribery and corruption; financial reporting; tax; data
privacy and protection; labor and employment; competition; market access; epidemics; intellectual property ownership and
infringement; and the movement of currency. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations may be onerous and expensive
and could restrict our ability to manufacture or ship our products and operate our business. If we do not comply or if we
become subject to enforcement activity, we could be subject to fines, penalties or other legal liability. Furthermore, should
these laws, rules and regulations be amended or expanded, or new ones enacted, we could incur materially greater compliance
costs or restrictions on our ability to manufacture our products and operate our business.
Some of these complex laws, rules and regulations – for example, those related to environmental, safety and health
requirements – may particularly affect us in the jurisdictions in which we manufacture products, especially if such laws and
regulations: require the use of abatement equipment beyond what we currently employ; require the addition or elimination
of a raw material or process to or from our current manufacturing processes; or impose costs, fees or reporting requirements on
the direct or indirect use of energy, natural resources, or materials or gases used or emitted into the environment in connection
with the manufacture of our products. A substitute for a prohibited raw material or process might not be available, or might
not be available at reasonable cost.
Our results of operations could be affected by changes in tax-related matters.
We have facilities in more than 30 countries and as a result are subject to taxation and audit by a number of taxing authorities.
Tax rates vary among the jurisdictions in which we operate. If our tax rate increases, our results of operations could be
adversely affected. A number of factors could cause our tax rate to increase, including a change in the jurisdictions in which
our profits are earned and taxed; a change in the mix of profits from those jurisdictions; changes in available tax credits or
deductions, including for amounts relating to stock compensation; changes in applicable tax rates; changes in tariff regulations
or surcharges; changes in accounting principles; or adverse resolution of audits by taxing authorities. We have deferred tax
assets on our balance sheet. Changes in applicable tax laws and regulations or in our business performance could affect our
ability to realize those deferred tax assets, which could also affect our results of operations.
In addition, we are subject to laws and regulations in various jurisdictions that determine how much profit has been earned
and when it is subject to taxation in that jurisdiction. These laws and regulations can be complex and subject to interpretation.
Changes in these laws and regulations, including those that align with the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and
Development’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting recommendations, could affect the locations where we are deemed to earn
income, which could in turn affect our results of operations. Each quarter we forecast our tax expense based on our forecast
of our performance for the year. If that performance forecast changes, our forecasted tax expense will change.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 11
Our performance depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights and to maintain freedom
of operation.
Access to worldwide markets depends in part on the continued strength of our intellectual property portfolio in all jurisdictions
where we conduct business. There can be no assurance that, as our business evolves, we will obtain the necessary intellectual
property rights, or that we will be able to independently develop the technology, software or know-how necessary to conduct
our business or that we can do so without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. To the extent that we have to rely
on technology from others for which a license is required, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such a
license at all or on terms we consider reasonable. We, directly and indirectly, face infringement claims from third parties,
including non-practicing entities that have acquired patents to pursue enforcement actions against other companies. We also
face infringement claims where we or our customers make, use or sell products and where the intellectual property laws may
be less established or less predictable. These assertions, whether or not of any merit, expose us to claims for damages and/or
injunctions from third parties, as well as claims for indemnification by our customers in instances where we have a contractual
or other legal obligation to indemnify them against damages resulting from infringement claims.
We actively enforce and protect our own intellectual property rights. However, our efforts cannot prevent all misappropriation
or improper use of our protected technology and information, including, for example, third parties’ use of our patented or
copyrighted technology, or our trade secrets in their products without the right to do so, or third parties’ sale of counterfeit
products bearing our trademark. The risk of unfair copying or cloning may impede our ability to sell our products. The laws
of countries where we operate may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as U.S. laws.
Increases in health care and pension benefit costs could affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Federal and state health care reform programs could increase our costs with regard to medical coverage of our employees,
which could reduce profitability and affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, obligations related
to our pension and other postretirement plans reflect assumptions that affect the planned funding and costs of these plans,
including the actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population demographics and changes in pension
regulations. Changes in these assumptions may affect plan funding, cash flow and results of operations, and our costs and
funding obligations could increase significantly if our plans’ actual experience differs from these assumptions.
Risks related to our financing activities and other risks
Our debt could affect our operations and financial condition.
From time to time, we issue debt securities with various interest rates and maturities. While we believe we will have the ability
to service this debt, our ability to make principal and interest payments when due depends upon our future performance, which
will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles, and business and other factors affecting our operations,
including our other risk factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, our obligation to make principal and
interest payments could divert funds that otherwise might be invested in our operations or returned to shareholders, or could
cause us to raise funds by, for example, issuing new debt or equity or selling assets.
Our results of operations and liquidity could be affected by changes in the financial markets.
We maintain bank accounts, one or more multiyear revolving credit agreements, and a portfolio of investments to support the
financing needs of the company. Our ability to fund our operations, invest in our business, make strategic acquisitions, service
our debt obligations and meet our cash return objectives depends upon continuous access to our bank and investment accounts,
and may depend on access to our bank credit lines that support commercial paper borrowings and provide additional liquidity
through short-term bank loans. If we are unable to access these accounts and credit lines (for example, due to instability in the
financial markets), our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected and our ability to access the
capital markets or redeem our investments could be restricted.
Material impairments of our goodwill or intangible assets could adversely affect our results of operations.
We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Charges associated with
impairments of goodwill or intangible assets could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 12
ITEM 1B. Unresolved staff comments
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. Properties
Our principal executive offices are located at 12500 TI Boulevard, Dallas, Texas. The following table indicates the general
location of our principal manufacturing and design operations and the reportable segments that make major use of them. Except
as otherwise indicated, we own these facilities.
North Texas (Dallas, Richardson and Sherman) ...............................................................................
Houston, Texas .................................................................................................................................
Tucson, Arizona ................................................................................................................................
Santa Clara, California .....................................................................................................................
South Portland, Maine ......................................................................................................................
Chengdu, China † .............................................................................................................................
Shanghai, China * .............................................................................................................................
Freising, Germany ............................................................................................................................
Bangalore, India † ............................................................................................................................
Aizu, Japan .......................................................................................................................................
Miho, Japan ......................................................................................................................................
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia † ...............................................................................................................
Melaka, Malaysia † ..........................................................................................................................
Aguascalientes, Mexico * .................................................................................................................
Baguio, Philippines † .......................................................................................................................
Pampanga (Clark), Philippines † ......................................................................................................
Taipei, Taiwan † ...............................................................................................................................
* Leased.
† Portions of the facilities are leased and owned. This may include land leases.
Analog
X
Embedded
Processing
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Our facilities in the United States contained approximately 12.9 million square feet at December 31, 2020, of which
approximately 0.4 million square feet were leased. Our facilities outside the United States contained approximately 9.7 million
square feet at December 31, 2020, of which approximately 1.6 million square feet were leased.
At the end of 2020, we occupied substantially all of the space in our facilities.
Leases covering our currently occupied leased facilities expire at varying dates, generally within the next five years. We believe
our current properties are suitable and adequate for their intended purpose.
ITEM 3. Legal proceedings
We are involved in various inquiries and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that the
amount of our liability, if any, will not have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity.
ITEM 4. Mine safety disclosures
Not applicable.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 13
PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s common equity, related stockholder matters and issuer purchases
of equity securities
TI common stock is quoted on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol TXN. At December 31, 2020, we had
12,624 stockholders of record.
The following table contains information regarding our purchases of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2020.
Period
October 1, 2020 through October 31, 2020 ....................
November 1, 2020 through November 30, 2020 ............
December 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 .............
Total ................................................................................
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
1,323
91,680
4,513
97,516 (b) $ 156.61 (b)
Average
Price Paid
per Share
$ 146.19
156.59
159.96
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs (a)
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs (a)
—
91,680
4,513
96,193
$ 10.65 billion
10.63 billion
10.63 billion
$ 10.63 billion (c)
(a) All open-market purchases during the quarter were made under the authorization from our board of directors to purchase
up to $12.0 billion of additional shares of TI common stock announced September 20, 2018.
(b)
In addition to open-market purchases, 1,323 shares of common stock were surrendered by employees to satisfy tax
withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units.
(c) As of December 31, 2020, this amount consisted of the remaining portion of the $12.0 billion authorized in September
2018. No expiration date has been specified for this authorization.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 14
ITEM 6. Selected financial data
(Millions of dollars, except share and per-share amounts)
Cash flow data:
Cash flows from operating activities .........................................
Capital expenditures ..................................................................
Free cash flow (a) ......................................................................
Dividends paid ...........................................................................
Stock repurchases ......................................................................
Income statement data:
Revenue by segment:
2020
For Years Ended December 31,
2017
2018
2019
2016
$ 6,139 $ 6,649 $ 7,189 $ 5,363 $ 4,614
531
4,083
1,646
2,132
649
5,490
3,426
2,553
847
5,802
3,008
2,960
695
4,668
2,104
2,556
1,131
6,058
2,555
5,100
Analog ....................................................................................
Embedded Processing .............................................................
Other .......................................................................................
Revenue .....................................................................................
10,886
2,570
1,005
14,461
10,223
2,943
1,217
14,383
Gross profit ................................................................................
Operating expenses (R&D and SG&A) .....................................
Acquisition charges ...................................................................
Restructuring charges/other .......................................................
Operating profit .........................................................................
9,269
3,153
198
24
5,894
9,164
3,189
288
(36)
5,723
10,801
3,554
1,429
15,784
10,277
3,243
318
3
6,713
9,900
3,498
1,563
14,961
8,536
3,023
1,811
13,370
9,614
3,202
318
11
6,083
8,257
3,098
319
(15)
4,855
Net income ................................................................................
$ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580 $ 3,682 $ 3,595
A portion of net income is allocated to unvested restricted stock units (RSUs) on which we pay dividend equivalents. Diluted
earnings per share (EPS) is calculated using the following:
Net income ................................................................................
Income allocated to RSUs .........................................................
Income allocated to common shares for diluted EPS ................
$ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580 $ 3,682 $ 3,595
(44)
$ 5,568 $ 4,986 $ 5,538 $ 3,649 $ 3,551
(27)
(31)
(42)
(33)
Average diluted shares outstanding (millions) ...........................
Diluted EPS ...............................................................................
Cash dividends declared per common share ..............................
933
5.97 $
3.72 $
952
5.24 $
3.21 $
990
5.59 $
2.63 $
1,012
1,021
3.61 $
3.48
2.12 $ 1.64
$
$
(a)
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure derived by subtracting capital expenditures from cash flows from operating
activities.
(Millions of dollars)
Balance sheet data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...................
Total assets ................................................................................
Current portion of long-term debt .............................................
Long-term debt ..........................................................................
$
2020
2019
December 31,
2018
2017
2016
6,568 $ 5,387 $ 4,233 $ 4,469 $ 3,490
17,137
19,351
16,431
749
550
631
4,319
6,248
2,978
18,018
500
5,303
17,642
500
3,577
See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Financial statements and
supplementary data.”
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 15
ITEM 7. Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
Overview
We design, make and sell semiconductors to electronics designers and manufacturers all over the world. Technology is the
foundation of our company, but ultimately, our objective and the best metric to measure progress and generate long-term value
for owners is the growth of free cash flow per share.
Our strategy to maximize free cash flow per share growth has three elements:
1. A great business model that is focused on analog and embedded processing products and built around four sustainable
competitive advantages. The four sustainable competitive advantages are powerful in combination and provide
tangible benefits:
i. A strong foundation of manufacturing and technology that provides lower costs and greater control of our
supply chain.
ii. A broad portfolio of analog and embedded processing products that offers more opportunity per customer and
more value for our investments.
iii. The reach of our market channels that gives access to more customers and more of their design projects,
leading to the opportunity to sell more of our products into each design and gives us better insight and
knowledge of customer needs.
iv. Diversity and longevity of our products, markets and customer positions that provide less single point
dependency and longer returns on our investments.
Together, these competitive advantages help position TI in a unique class of companies capable of generating and
returning significant amounts of cash for our owners. We make our investments with an eye towards long-term
strengthening and leveraging of these advantages.
2. Discipline in allocating capital to the best opportunities. This spans how we select R&D projects, develop new
capabilities like TI.com, invest in new manufacturing capacity or how we think about acquisitions and returning cash
to our owners.
3. Efficiency, which means constantly striving for more output for every dollar spent.
We believe that our business model with the combined effect of our four competitive advantages sets TI apart from our peers
and will for a long time to come. We will invest to strengthen our competitive advantages, be disciplined in capital allocation
and stay diligent in our pursuit of efficiencies. Finally, we will remain focused on the belief that long-term growth of free cash
flow per share is the ultimate measure to generate value.
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (MD&A) should be read in conjunction
with the financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document. In the following discussion of our
results of operations:
• Our segments represent groups of similar products that are combined on the basis of similar design and development
requirements, product characteristics, manufacturing processes and distribution channels, and how management
allocates resources and measures results. During 2020, we reorganized the product lines within our Analog segment
to simplify our business structure into our Power and Signal Chain product lines. These changes had no impact on our
previously reported consolidated financial statements or on our reportable segment results. See Note 1 to the financial
statements for more information regarding our segments.
• When we discuss our results:
(cid:405) Unless otherwise noted, changes in our revenue are attributable to changes in customer demand, which are
evidenced by fluctuations in shipment volumes.
(cid:405) New products do not tend to have a significant impact on our revenue in any given period because we sell
(cid:405)
such a large number of products.
From time to time, our revenue and gross profit are affected by changes in demand for higher-priced or
lower-priced products, which we refer to as changes in the “mix” of products shipped.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 16
(cid:405) Because we own much of our manufacturing capacity, a significant portion of our operating cost is
fixed. When factory loadings decrease, our fixed costs are spread over reduced output and, absent other
circumstances, our profit margins decrease. Conversely, as factory loadings increase, our fixed costs are
spread over increased output and, absent other circumstances, our profit margins increase. Increases and
decreases in factory loadings tend to correspond to increases and decreases in demand.
For an explanation of free cash flow and the term “annual operating tax rate,” see the Non-GAAP financial
information section.
•
• All dollar amounts in the tables are stated in millions of U.S. dollars.
Our results of operations provides details of our financial results for 2020 and 2019 and year-to-year comparisons between
2020 and 2019. Discussion of 2018 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2019 and 2018 that are not included in this
Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” in Part II,
Item 7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Impact of COVID-19
The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and its follow-on effects are impacting and will likely continue to impact business
activity across industries worldwide, including TI. Therefore, we remain cautious about how the economy might behave for
the next few years.
The impact to our lead times and ability to fulfill orders was minimal in 2020. However, depending on pandemic-related factors
like the potential of local manufacturing restrictions on our factories, we could experience constraints in fulfilling customer
orders in future periods. The coronavirus pandemic remains dynamic with uncertainty around its duration and broader impact.
We continue to monitor and assess the situation and address implications to our business, supply chain and customer demand.
We have long had a business continuity plan in place for unforeseeable situations, like we have seen with COVID-19.
Additionally, over the past several years, we have invested in building inventory and expanding our global internally owned
manufacturing footprint. Investing in these capabilities has given us flexibility, such as the ability to build products across
multiple manufacturing sites. These investments have helped to minimize disruptions, but may not be sufficient to eliminate
them.
Results of operations
Our strategic focus is on analog and embedded processing products sold into six end markets: industrial, automotive, personal
electronics, communications equipment, enterprise systems and other. While all end markets represent good opportunities, we
place additional strategic emphasis on designing and selling those products into the industrial and automotive markets, which
we believe represent the best growth opportunities. Gross margin of 64.1% reflected the quality of our product portfolio, as
well as the efficiency of our manufacturing strategy, including the benefit of 300-millimeter Analog production.(cid:3)
Our focus on analog and embedded processing allows us to generate strong cash flow from operations. Our cash flow from
operations of $6.14 billion underscored the strength of our business model. Free cash flow was $5.49 billion and represented
38.0% of revenue. During 2020, consistent with our commitment to return free cash flow to owners, we returned $5.98 billion
to shareholders through a combination of dividends and stock repurchases. Our dividend represented 62% of free cash flow,
underscoring its sustainability.
Details of financial results – 2020 compared with 2019
Revenue of $14.46 billion increased $78 million, or 1%, primarily due to higher revenue from Analog, partially offset by lower
revenue from Embedded Processing.
Gross profit of $9.27 billion was up $105 million, or 1%, due to higher revenue and increased factory loadings. As a percentage
of revenue, gross profit increased to 64.1% from 63.7%.
Operating expenses (R&D and SG&A) were $3.15 billion compared with $3.19 billion.
Acquisition charges were $198 million compared with $288 million and were non-cash. See Note 7 to the financial statements.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 17
Restructuring charges/other was a charge of $24 million due to an Embedded Processing action, compared with a credit of
$36 million due to the sale of our manufacturing facility in Greenock, Scotland in 2019.
Operating profit was $5.89 billion, or 40.8% of revenue, compared with $5.72 billion, or 39.8% of revenue.
Other income and expense (OI&E) was $313 million of income compared with $175 million of income, which increased
primarily due to higher royalty income. See Note 12 to the financial statements.
Interest and debt expense of $190 million increased $20 million due to the issuance of additional long-term debt.
Our provision for income taxes was $422 million compared with $711 million. The decrease was due to higher discrete tax
benefits, which included a $249 million benefit from the settlement of a depreciation-related uncertain tax position and, to a
lesser extent, higher U.S. tax benefits, partially offset by higher income before income taxes.
Our annual operating tax rate, which does not include discrete tax items, was 14% compared with 16% in 2019. We use “annual
operating tax rate” to describe the estimated annual effective tax rate. Our effective tax rate, which includes discrete tax items,
was 7% in 2020 compared with 12% in 2019. See Note 4 to the financial statements for a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory
corporate tax rate to our effective tax rate.
Net income was $5.60 billion compared with $5.02 billion. EPS was $5.97 compared with $5.24.
Segment results – 2020 compared with 2019
Analog (includes Power and Signal Chain product lines)
Revenue ........................................................................................................................
Operating profit ............................................................................................................
Operating profit % of revenue ......................................................................................
2020
$ 10,886
4,912
45.1%
2019
$ 10,223
4,477
43.8%
Change
6%
10%
Analog revenue increased in both product lines about evenly. Operating profit increased due to higher revenue and associated
gross profit.
Embedded Processing (includes microcontrollers and processors)
Revenue ........................................................................................................................
Operating profit ............................................................................................................
Operating profit % of revenue ......................................................................................
2020
$ 2,570
743
28.9%
2019
$ 2,943
907
30.8%
Change
(13)%
(18)%
Embedded Processing revenue decreased. Operating profit decreased due to lower revenue and associated gross profit.
Other (includes DLP® products, calculators and custom ASIC products)
Revenue ........................................................................................................................
Operating profit * .........................................................................................................
Operating profit % of revenue ......................................................................................
*
Includes acquisition charges and restructuring charges/other
Other revenue decreased $212 million, and operating profit decreased $100 million.
Financial condition
2020
$ 1,005
239
23.8%
2019
$ 1,217
339
27.9%
Change
(17)%
(29)%
At the end of 2020, total cash (cash and cash equivalents plus short-term investments) was $6.57 billion, an increase of
$1.18 billion from the end of 2019.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 18
Accounts receivable were $1.41 billion, an increase of $340 million compared with the end of 2019. Days sales outstanding at
the end of 2020 were 31 compared with 29 at the end of 2019.
Inventory was $1.96 billion, a decrease of $46 million from the end of 2019. Days of inventory at the end of 2020 were 123
compared with 144 at the end of 2019. (cid:3)
Liquidity and capital resources
Our primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations. Additional sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents,
short-term investments and a variable rate, revolving credit facility. Cash flows from operating activities for 2020 were
$6.14 billion, a decrease of $510 million primarily due to an increase in cash used for working capital, partially offset by
higher net income.
Our revolving credit facility is with a consortium of investment-grade banks and allows us to borrow up to $2 billion until
March 2024. This credit facility also serves as support for the issuance of commercial paper. As of December 31, 2020, our
credit facility was undrawn, and we had no commercial paper outstanding.
Investing activities for 2020 used $922 million compared with $1.92 billion in 2019. Capital expenditures were $649 million
compared with $847 million in 2019 and were primarily for semiconductor manufacturing equipment and facilities in both
periods. Short-term investments used cash of $241 million in 2020 compared with $1.14 billion in 2019.
Financing activities for 2020 used $4.55 billion compared with $4.73 billion in 2019. In 2020, we received net proceeds of
$1.50 billion from the issuance of fixed-rate, long-term debt and retired maturing debt of $500 million. In 2019, we received
net proceeds of $1.49 billion from the issuance of fixed-rate, long-term debt and retired maturing debt of $750 million.
Dividends paid in 2020 were $3.43 billion compared with $3.01 billion in 2019, reflecting an increase in the dividend rate,
partially offset by fewer shares outstanding. We used $2.55 billion to repurchase 23.4 million shares of our common stock
compared with $2.96 billion used in 2019 to repurchase 27.4 million shares. Employee exercises of stock options provided
cash proceeds of $470 million compared with $539 million in 2019.
We had $3.11 billion of cash and cash equivalents and $3.46 billion of short-term investments as of December 31, 2020. We
believe we have the necessary financial resources and operating plans to fund our working capital needs, capital expenditures,
dividend and debt-related payments and other business requirements for at least the next 12 months.
Non-GAAP financial information
This MD&A includes references to free cash flow and ratios based on that measure. These are financial measures that were not
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP). Free cash flow was
calculated by subtracting capital expenditures from the most directly comparable GAAP measure, cash flows from operating
activities (also referred to as cash flow from operations).
We believe that free cash flow and the associated ratios provide insight into our liquidity, our cash-generating capability and
the amount of cash potentially available to return to shareholders, as well as insight into our financial performance. These
non-GAAP measures are supplemental to the comparable GAAP measures.
Reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures is provided in the table below.
Cash flow from operations (GAAP) .....................................................................................
Capital expenditures .............................................................................................................
Free cash flow (non-GAAP) .................................................................................................
For Years Ended December 31,
2020
$ 6,139
(649)
$ 5,490
2019
$ 6,649
(847)
$ 5,802
Revenue ................................................................................................................................
$ 14,461
$ 14,383
Cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue (GAAP) ..........................................
Free cash flow as a percentage of revenue (non-GAAP) ......................................................
42.5%
38.0 %
46.2%
40.3%
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 19
This MD&A also includes references to an annual operating tax rate, a non-GAAP term we use to describe the estimated annual
effective tax rate, a GAAP measure that by definition does not include discrete tax items. We believe the term annual operating
tax rate helps differentiate from the effective tax rate, which includes discrete tax items.
Long-term contractual obligations
Payments Due by Period
2021
Thereafter
Contractual Obligations
Long-term debt (a) ..................................................................... $ 726 $ 1,326 $ 1,337 $ 6,172
96
Purchase commitments (b) ........................................................
—
Transition tax on indefinitely reinvested earnings (c) ...............
138
Operating leases (d) ...................................................................
Deferred compensation plans (e) ...............................................
154
Total (f) ...................................................................................... $ 1,271 $ 1,843 $ 1,819 $ 6,560
400
44
76
25
55
302
59
66
196
155
98
68
2022/2023 2024/2025
Total
$ 9,561
747
501
371
313
$ 11,493
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Principal and related interest payments for our long-term debt obligations, including amounts classified as the current
portion of long-term debt.
Includes payments for software licenses and contractual arrangements with suppliers when there is a fixed, non-
cancellable payment schedule or when minimum payments are due with a reduced delivery schedule. Excludes
cancellable arrangements. See Note 11 to the financial statements.
Includes payments for the one-time transition tax on our indefinitely reinvested earnings related to the 2017 enactment
of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
Includes minimum payments for leased facilities and equipment and purchases of industrial gases under contracts
accounted for as operating leases. See Note 10 to the financial statements.
Estimated payments for certain liabilities that existed as of December 31, 2020.
Excludes $89 million of uncertain tax liabilities under ASC 740, as well as any planned future funding contributions to
retirement benefit plans. Amounts associated with uncertain tax liabilities have been excluded because of the difficulty
in making reasonably reliable estimates of the timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing authorities.
Regarding future funding of retirement benefit plans, we plan to contribute about $10 million in 2021, but funding
projections beyond 2021 are not practical to estimate due to the rules affecting tax-deductible contributions and the
impact from the plans’ asset performance, interest rates and potential U.S. and non-U.S. legislation.
Critical accounting policies
Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 2,
the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates
and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
However, based on facts and circumstances inherent in developing estimates and assumptions, management believes it is
unlikely that applying other estimates and assumptions would have a material impact on the financial statements. We consider
the following accounting policies to be those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and that
require a higher degree of judgment.
Income taxes
In determining net income for financial statement purposes, we must make certain estimates and judgments in the calculation
of tax provisions and the resultant tax liabilities and in the recoverability of deferred tax assets that arise from temporary
differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 20
In the ordinary course of global business, there may be many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is
uncertain. The calculation of tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the interpretation and application of complex
tax laws, and significant judgment is necessary to (i) determine whether, based on the technical merits, a tax position is more
likely than not to be sustained and (ii) measure the amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition. We recognize potential
liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on an estimate of the ultimate
resolution of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. Although we believe the estimates are reasonable,
no assurance can be given that the final outcome of these matters will not be different from what is reflected in the historical
income tax provisions and accruals.
As part of our financial process, we must assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets can be recovered. If recovery is not
likely, the provision for taxes must be increased by recording a reserve in the form of a valuation allowance for the deferred
tax assets that are estimated not to be ultimately recoverable. Our judgment regarding future recoverability of our deferred tax
assets may change due to various factors, including changes in U.S. or international tax laws and changes in market conditions
and their impact on our assessment of taxable income in future periods. These changes, if any, may require adjustments to the
deferred tax assets and an accompanying reduction or increase in net income in the period when such determinations are made.
Inventory valuation allowances
Inventory is valued net of allowances for unsalable or obsolete raw materials, work in process and finished goods. Statistical
allowances are determined quarterly for raw materials and work in process based on historical disposals of inventory for
salability and obsolescence reasons. For finished goods, quarterly statistical allowances are determined by comparing inventory
levels of individual parts to historical shipments, current backlog and estimated future sales in order to identify inventory
considered unlikely to be sold. A specific allowance for each material type will be carried if there is a significant event not
captured by the statistical allowance, such as an end-of-life part or demand with imminent risk of cancellation. Allowances are
also calculated quarterly for instances where inventoried costs for individual products are in excess of the net realizable value
for those products. Actual future write-offs of inventory for salability and obsolescence reasons may differ from estimates and
calculations used to determine valuation allowances due to changes in customer demand, customer negotiations, technology
shifts and other factors.
Changes in accounting standards
See Note 2 to the financial statements for information regarding the status of new accounting and reporting standards.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
As of December 31, 2020, we had no significant off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC
Regulation S-K.
Commitments and contingencies
See Note 11 to the financial statements for a discussion of our commitments and contingencies.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 21
ITEM 7A. Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Foreign exchange risk
The U.S. dollar is our functional currency for financial reporting. Our non-U.S. entities own assets or liabilities denominated in
U.S. dollars or other currencies. Exchange rate fluctuations impact taxable income in those jurisdictions and consequently
impact our effective tax rate.
Our balance sheet also reflects amounts remeasured from non-U.S. dollar currencies. Because most of the aggregate non-U.S.
dollar balance sheet exposure is hedged by forward currency exchange contracts, which are based on year-end 2020 balances
and currency exchange rates, a hypothetical 10% plus or minus fluctuation in non-U.S. currency exchange rates relative to the
U.S. dollar would result in a pretax currency exchange gain or loss of approximately $3 million.
We use these forward currency exchange contracts to reduce the earnings impact that exchange rate fluctuations may have on
our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures. As of December 31, 2020, we had forward currency exchange contracts
outstanding with a notional value of $416 million to hedge net balance sheet exposures (including $147 million to sell Japanese
yen, $85 million to sell euros and $82 million to sell British pounds). Similar hedging activities existed at year-end 2019.
Interest rate risk
We have the following potential exposure to changes in interest rates: (i) the effect of changes in interest rates on the fair value
of our investments in cash equivalents and short-term investments, which could produce a gain or a loss; and (ii) the effect of
changes in interest rates on the fair value of our debt.
As of December 31, 2020, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would decrease the fair value of our
investments in cash equivalents and short-term investments by about $9 million and decrease the fair value of our long-term
debt by $650 million. Because interest rates on our long-term debt are fixed, changes in interest rates would not affect the cash
flows associated with long-term debt.
Equity risk
Long-term investments at year-end 2020 include the following:
•
•
Investments in mutual funds – includes mutual funds that were selected to generate returns that offset changes in
certain liabilities related to deferred compensation arrangements. The mutual funds hold a variety of debt and equity
investments.
Investments in venture capital funds – includes investments in limited partnerships (accounted for under either the
equity method or at cost as non-marketable equity securities).
• Equity investments – includes non-marketable (non-publicly traded) equity securities.
Investments in mutual funds are stated at fair value. Changes in prices of the mutual fund investments are expected to offset
related changes in certain deferred compensation liabilities. Non-marketable equity securities and certain venture capital funds
are stated at cost minus impairment, if any, plus or minus changes resulting from qualifying observable price changes.
Investments in the remaining venture capital funds are stated using the equity method. See Note 6 to the financial statements
for details of equity and other long-term investments.
We also utilize total return swaps to economically hedge exposure to changes in liabilities related to the equity market risks of
certain deferred compensation arrangements with employees. Gains or losses from changes in the fair value of these total
return swaps generally offset the related losses or gains on the deferred compensation liabilities.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 22
ITEM 8. Financial statements and supplementary data
List of financial statements:
Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020
•
• Comprehensive income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020
• Balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019
• Cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020
•
Stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020
Schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require
submission of the schedule or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the
notes thereto.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 23
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Millions of dollars, except share and per-share amounts)
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Revenue ...............................................................................................................................
Cost of revenue (COR) ........................................................................................................
Gross profit ..........................................................................................................................
Research and development (R&D) ......................................................................................
Selling, general and administrative (SG&A) .......................................................................
Acquisition charges .............................................................................................................
Restructuring charges/other .................................................................................................
Operating profit ...................................................................................................................
Other income (expense), net (OI&E)...................................................................................
Interest and debt expense .....................................................................................................
Income before income taxes ................................................................................................
Provision for income taxes ..................................................................................................
Net income ..........................................................................................................................
$ 14,461 $ 14,383 $ 15,784
5,507
10,277
1,559
1,684
318
3
6,713
98
125
6,686
1,106
$ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580
5,219
9,164
1,544
1,645
288
(36)
5,723
175
170
5,728
711
5,192
9,269
1,530
1,623
198
24
5,894
313
190
6,017
422
Earnings per common share (EPS):
Basic ..................................................................................................................................
Diluted...............................................................................................................................
$
$
6.05 $
5.97 $
5.33 $
5.24 $
5.71
5.59
Average shares outstanding (millions):
Basic ..................................................................................................................................
Diluted...............................................................................................................................
921
933
936
952
970
990
A portion of net income is allocated to unvested restricted stock units (RSUs) on which we pay dividend equivalents. Diluted
EPS is calculated using the following:
$ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580
(42)
$ 5,568 $ 4,986 $ 5,538
(31)
(27)
Net income .........................................................................................................................
Income allocated to RSUs ...................................................................................................
Income allocated to common stock for diluted EPS ............................................................
See accompanying notes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 24
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Millions of dollars)
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Net income ........................................................................................................................... $ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Net actuarial losses of defined benefit plans:
Adjustments, net of tax effect of $3, ($37) and $35 ......................................................
Recognized within net income, net of tax effect of ($9), ($13) and ($15) .....................
Prior service credit of defined benefit plans:
Adjustments, net of tax effect of $0, $0 and $1 .............................................................
Recognized within net income, net of tax effect of $0, $0 and $1 ................................
(41)
29
—
(1)
88
38
—
—
(98)
50
(6)
(3)
Derivative instruments:
Change in fair value, net of tax effect of $0, $0 and $1 .................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes ..............................................................
(2)
(59)
Total comprehensive income ................................................................................................ $ 5,582 $ 5,143 $ 5,521
—
126
—
(13)
See accompanying notes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 25
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Millions of dollars, except share amounts)
Assets
Current assets:
December 31,
2020
2019
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................................................................................................
Short-term investments .......................................................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of ($11) and ($8) ..................................................................
Raw materials .................................................................................................................................
Work in process ..............................................................................................................................
Finished goods................................................................................................................................
Inventories ..........................................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........................................................................................
Total current assets ..............................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment at cost ....................................................................................................
Accumulated depreciation ..................................................................................................................
Property, plant and equipment ............................................................................................................
Long-term investments ..........................................................................................................................
Goodwill ................................................................................................................................................
Acquisition-related intangibles ..............................................................................................................
Deferred tax assets .................................................................................................................................
Capitalized software licenses .................................................................................................................
Overfunded retirement plans .................................................................................................................
Other long-term assets ...........................................................................................................................
Total assets ............................................................................................................................................
$ 3,107 $ 2,437
2,950
1,074
176
916
909
2,001
299
8,761
5,740
(2,437)
3,303
300
4,362
340
197
69
218
468
$ 19,351 $ 18,018
3,461
1,414
180
964
811
1,955
302
10,239
5,781
(2,512)
3,269
49
4,362
152
343
122
246
569
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt .......................................................................................................
Accounts payable ................................................................................................................................
Accrued compensation ........................................................................................................................
Income taxes payable ..........................................................................................................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ........................................................................................................................
Long-term debt ......................................................................................................................................
Underfunded retirement plans ...............................................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ...........................................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities .....................................................................................................................
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................................................
Stockholders’ equity:
$
550 $
415
767
134
524
2,390
6,248
131
90
1,305
10,164
500
388
714
46
475
2,123
5,303
93
78
1,514
9,111
Preferred stock, $25 par value. Authorized – 10,000,000 shares
Participating cumulative preferred – None issued ..........................................................................
—
—
Common stock, $1 par value. Authorized – 2,400,000,000 shares
Shares issued – 1,740,815,939 .......................................................................................................
Paid-in capital .....................................................................................................................................
Retained earnings ................................................................................................................................
Treasury common stock at cost
1,741
2,333
42,051
1,741
2,110
39,898
Shares: 2020 – 821,461,787; 2019 – 808,784,381 .........................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes (AOCI) .............................................
Total stockholders’ equity ......................................................................................................................
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ...............................................................................................
(36,578)
(360)
9,187
(34,495)
(347)
8,907
$ 19,351 $ 18,018
See accompanying notes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 26
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Millions of dollars)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income ......................................................................................................................
Adjustments to net income:
Depreciation ...............................................................................................................
Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles .........................................................
Amortization of capitalized software .........................................................................
Stock compensation ....................................................................................................
Gains on sales of assets ..............................................................................................
Deferred taxes ............................................................................................................
Increase (decrease) from changes in:
Accounts receivable ...................................................................................................
Inventories ..................................................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................................................................
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ....................................................................
Accrued compensation ...............................................................................................
Income taxes payable .................................................................................................
Changes in funded status of retirement plans .................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................
Cash flows from operating activities .................................................................................
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures .......................................................................................................
Proceeds from asset sales ................................................................................................
Purchases of short-term investments ..............................................................................
Proceeds from short-term investments ............................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................
Cash flows from investing activities..................................................................................
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt ......................................................................
Repayment of debt ..........................................................................................................
Dividends paid ................................................................................................................
Stock repurchases ...........................................................................................................
Proceeds from common stock transactions .....................................................................
Other ...............................................................................................................................
Cash flows from financing activities .................................................................................
Net change in cash and cash equivalents ...........................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period .............................................................
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period .......................................................................
See accompanying notes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 27
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$ 5,595 $ 5,017 $ 5,580
733
198
61
224
(4)
(137)
(340)
46
(79)
63
63
(181)
(9)
(94)
6,139
(649)
4
(5,786)
5,545
(36)
(922)
1,498
(500)
(3,426)
(2,553)
470
(36)
(4,547)
708
288
54
217
(23)
81
133
216
265
(93)
(15)
(193)
29
(35)
6,649
(847)
30
(3,444)
2,309
32
(1,920)
1,491
(750)
(3,008)
(2,960)
539
(42)
(4,730)
590
318
46
232
(3)
(105)
71
(282)
669
(7)
(7)
158
36
(107)
7,189
(1,131)
9
(5,641)
6,708
(23)
(78)
1,500
(500)
(2,555)
(5,100)
373
(47)
(6,329)
670
2,437
782
1,656
$ 3,107 $ 2,437 $ 2,438
(1)
2,438
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Millions of dollars, except per-share amounts)
Common
Stock
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Common
Stock
AOCI
Balance, December 31, 2017 ..................................................
$ 1,741 $ 1,776 $ 34,662 $ (27,458) $
(384)
2018
Net income ...........................................................................
Dividends declared and paid ($2.63 per share) ....................
Common stock issued for stock-based awards ....................
Stock repurchases ................................................................
Stock compensation .............................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes ................
Dividend equivalents on RSUs ............................................
Cumulative effect of accounting changes ............................
Other ....................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2018 ..................................................
2019
Net income ...........................................................................
Dividends declared and paid ($3.21 per share) ....................
Common stock issued for stock-based awards ....................
Stock repurchases ................................................................
Stock compensation .............................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes ................
Dividend equivalents on RSUs ............................................
Other ....................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2019 ..................................................
2020
Net income ..........................................................................
Dividends declared and paid ($3.72 per share) ...............
Common stock issued for stock-based awards ................
Stock repurchases ..............................................................
Stock compensation ...........................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes .............
Dividend equivalents on RSUs ..........................................
Other ...................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2020 ................................................
See accompanying notes.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,741
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,741
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(55)
—
232
—
—
—
(3)
1,950
—
—
(55)
—
217
—
—
(2)
2,110
—
—
—
—
224
—
—
(1)
5,580
(2,555)
—
—
—
—
(17)
236
—
37,906
5,017
(3,008)
—
—
—
—
(17)
—
39,898
5,595
(3,426)
—
—
—
—
(16)
—
—
—
428
(5,100)
—
—
—
—
—
(32,130)
—
—
594
(2,960)
—
—
—
1
(34,495)
—
—
470
(2,553)
—
—
—
—
$ 1,741 $ 2,333 $ 42,051 $ (36,578) $
—
—
—
—
—
(59)
—
(30)
—
(473)
—
—
—
—
—
126
—
—
(347)
—
—
—
—
—
(13)
—
—
(360)
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 28
Notes to financial statements
1. Description of business, including segment and geographic area information
We design, make and sell semiconductors to electronics designers and manufacturers all over the world. We have two
reportable segments, Analog and Embedded Processing, each of which represents groups of similar products that are combined
on the basis of similar design and development requirements, product characteristics, manufacturing processes and distribution
channels.
• Analog semiconductors change real-world signals, such as sound, temperature, pressure or images, by conditioning
them, amplifying them and often converting them to a stream of digital data that can be processed by other
semiconductors, such as embedded processors. Analog semiconductors are also used to manage power in all
electronic equipment by converting, distributing, storing, discharging, isolating and measuring electrical energy,
whether the equipment is plugged into a wall or using a battery. Our Analog segment consists of two major product
lines: Power and Signal Chain.
• Embedded Processing products are the digital “brains” of many types of electronic equipment. They are designed to
handle specific tasks and can be optimized for various combinations of performance, power and cost, depending on
the application.
During 2020, we reorganized the product lines within our Analog segment to simplify our business structure into our Power and
Signal Chain product lines. These changes had no effect on either our previously reported consolidated financial statements or
our reportable segment results.
We report the results of our remaining business activities in Other. Other includes operating segments that do not meet the
quantitative thresholds for individually reportable segments and cannot be aggregated with other operating segments. Other
includes DLP® products, calculators and custom ASIC products.
In Other, we also include items that are not used in evaluating the results of or in allocating resources to our segments.
Examples of these items include acquisition charges (see Note 7); restructuring charges (see Note 12); and certain corporate-
level items, such as litigation expenses, environmental costs, insurance settlements, and gains and losses from other activities,
including asset dispositions. We allocate the remainder of our expenses associated with corporate activities to our operating
segments based on specific methodologies, such as percentage of operating expenses or headcount.
Our centralized manufacturing and support organizations, such as facilities, procurement and logistics, provide support to our
operating segments, including those in Other. Costs incurred by these organizations, including depreciation, are charged to the
segments on a per-unit basis. Consequently, depreciation expense is not an independently identifiable component within the
segments’ results and, therefore, is not provided.
With the exception of goodwill, we do not identify or allocate assets by operating segment, nor does the chief operating
decision maker evaluate operating segments using discrete asset information. We have no material intersegment revenue. The
accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in the summary of significant accounting policies and
practices.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 29
Segment information
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Revenue:
Analog ............................................................................................................................ $ 10,886 $ 10,223 $ 10,801
Embedded Processing .....................................................................................................
3,554
Other ...............................................................................................................................
1,429
Total revenue ..................................................................................................................... $ 14,461 $ 14,383 $ 15,784
2,570
1,005
2,943
1,217
Operating profit:
Analog ............................................................................................................................ $ 4,912 $ 4,477 $ 5,109
Embedded Processing .....................................................................................................
1,205
Other ...............................................................................................................................
399
Total operating profit ......................................................................................................... $ 5,894 $ 5,723 $ 6,713
743
239
907
339
Geographic area information
The following geographic area information includes revenue, based on product shipment destination, and property, plant and
equipment, based on physical location. The geographic revenue information does not necessarily reflect end demand by
geography because our products tend to be shipped to the locations where our customers manufacture their products.
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
Revenue:
United States ................................................................................................................... $ 1,547 $ 1,827 $ 2,288
Asia (a) ...........................................................................................................................
9,240
Europe, Middle East and Africa ......................................................................................
3,047
Japan ...............................................................................................................................
869
Rest of world ..................................................................................................................
340
Total revenue ..................................................................................................................... $ 14,461 $ 14,383 $ 15,784
9,541
2,249
734
390
8,650
2,707
796
403
(a) Revenue from products shipped into China was $8.0 billion, $7.2 billion and $7.0 billion in 2020, 2019 and 2018,
respectively, which includes shipments to customers that manufacture in China and then export end products to their
customers around the world, as well as distributors that transship inventory through China to service other countries.
December 31,
2020
2019
Property, plant and equipment:
United States ..................................................................................................................................
Asia (a) ..........................................................................................................................................
Europe, Middle East and Africa .....................................................................................................
Japan ..............................................................................................................................................
Rest of world .................................................................................................................................
Total property, plant and equipment .................................................................................................
$ 2,036 $ 1,998
1,046
63
185
11
$ 3,269 $ 3,303
1,005
52
165
11
(a)
Property, plant and equipment at our two sites in the Philippines was $333 million and $394 million as of December 31,
2020 and 2019, respectively. Property, plant and equipment at our sites in China was $370 million and $304 million as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 30
2. Basis of presentation and significant accounting policies and practices
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States (GAAP). The basis of these financial statements is comparable for all periods presented herein.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation. All dollar amounts in the financial statements and tables in these notes, except per-share
amounts, are stated in millions of U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated. We have reclassified certain amounts in the prior
periods’ financial statements to conform to the 2020 presentation.
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of estimates from which final results may vary.
Significant accounting policies and practices
Revenue recognition
We generate revenue primarily from the sale of semiconductor products, either directly to a customer or to a distributor. We
have a variety of types of contracts with our customers and distributors. In determining whether a contract exists, we evaluate
the terms of the arrangement, the relationship with the customer or distributor and their ability to pay.
We recognize revenue from sales of our products, including sales to our distributors, when control is transferred. Control is
considered transferred when title and risk of loss pass, when the customer becomes obligated to pay and, where required,
when the customer has accepted the products. This transfer generally occurs at a point in time upon shipment or delivery to
the customer or distributor, depending upon the terms of the sales order. Payment for sales to customers and distributors is
generally due on our standard commercial terms. For sales to distributors, payment is not contingent upon resale of the
products.
Revenue from sales of our products that are subject to inventory consignment agreements is recognized at a point in time,
when the customer or distributor pulls product from consignment inventory that we store at designated locations. Delivery and
transfer of control occur at that point, when title and risk of loss transfers and the customer or distributor becomes obligated to
pay for the products pulled from inventory. Until the products are pulled for use or sale by the customer or distributor, we
retain control over the products’ disposition, including the right to pull back or relocate the products.
The revenue recognized is adjusted based on allowances, which are prepared on a portfolio basis using a most likely amount
methodology based on analysis of historical data and contractual terms. These allowances, which are not material, generally
include adjustments for pricing arrangements, product returns and incentives. The length of time between invoicing and
payment is not significant under any of our payment terms. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from
the timing of invoicing, we have determined our contracts generally do not include a significant financing component.
In addition, we record an allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable that we estimate may not be collected. We monitor
collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of accounts receivable aging. When collection is at risk, we
assess the impact on amounts recorded for credit losses and, if necessary, record a charge in the period such determination is
made.
We recognize shipping fees, if any, received from customers in revenue. We include the related shipping and handling costs in
cost of revenue. The majority of our customers pay these fees directly to third parties.
Advertising costs
We expense advertising and other promotional costs as incurred. This expense was $28 million, $30 million and $34 million
in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. We record the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the
current year and the deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences related to events that have been recognized
in the financial statements or tax returns. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some or all of
the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 31
Other assessed taxes
Some transactions require us to collect taxes such as sales, value-added and excise taxes from our customers. These transactions
are presented in our Consolidated Statements of Income on a net (excluded from revenue) basis.
Leases
We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Leases are included in other long-term assets, accrued expenses and
other liabilities, and other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Lease assets represent our right to use underlying assets for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent our obligations to
make lease payments over the lease term. On the commencement date, leases are evaluated for classification, and assets and
liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. We use our incremental borrowing
rate based on the information available at commencement in determining the present value of lease payments. Operating lease
expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Our lease values include options to extend or not to
terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise such options.
We have agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for as a single lease component. Leases with
an initial lease term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; we recognize lease expense for these leases on
a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Earnings per share (EPS)
We use the two-class method for calculating EPS because the restricted stock units (RSUs) we grant are participating securities
containing non-forfeitable rights to receive dividend equivalents. Under the two-class method, a portion of net income is
allocated to RSUs and excluded from the calculation of income allocated to common stock.
Computation and reconciliation of earnings per common share are as follows (shares in millions):
2020
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Net
Income Shares EPS
Net
Income Shares EPS
Net
Income Shares EPS
Basic EPS:
$ 5,017
Net income .......................................... $ 5,595
(32)
(27)
Income allocated to RSUs ...................
Income allocated to common stock ..... $ 5,568 921 $ 6.05 $ 4,985
$ 5,580
(43)
936 $ 5.33 $ 5,537
970 $ 5.71
Dilutive effect of stock
compensation plans .............................
12
16
20
Diluted EPS:
$ 5,017
Net income .......................................... $ 5,595
(31)
(27)
Income allocated to RSUs ...................
Income allocated to common stock ..... $ 5,568 933 $ 5.97 $ 4,986
$ 5,580
(42)
952 $ 5.24 $ 5,538
990 $ 5.59
Potentially dilutive securities representing 4 million, 6 million and 4 million shares of common stock that were outstanding in
2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per common share during these
periods because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Investments
We present investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as cash equivalents, short-term investments or long-term
investments, which are detailed below. See Note 6 for additional information.
• Cash equivalents and short-term investments – We consider investments in available-for-sale debt securities with
maturities of 90 days or less from the date of our investment to be cash equivalents. We consider investments in
available-for-sale debt securities with maturities beyond 90 days from the date of our investment as being available for
use in current operations and include them in short-term investments. The primary objectives of our cash equivalent
and short-term investment activities are to preserve capital and maintain liquidity while generating appropriate returns.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 32
•
Long-term investments – Long-term investments consist of mutual funds, venture capital funds and non-marketable
equity securities.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Cost is generally computed on a currently adjusted
standard cost basis, which approximates cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Standard cost is based on the normal utilization of
installed factory capacity. Cost associated with underutilization of capacity is expensed as incurred. Inventory held at
consignment locations is included in our finished goods inventory.
We review inventory quarterly for salability and obsolescence. A statistical allowance is provided for inventory considered
unlikely to be sold. The statistical allowance is based on an analysis of historical disposal activity, historical customer
shipments, as well as estimated future sales. A specific allowance for each material type will be carried if there is a significant
event not captured by the statistical allowance. We write off inventory in the period in which disposal occurs.
Property, plant and equipment; acquisition-related intangibles; and other capitalized costs
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.
Our cost basis includes certain assets acquired in business combinations that were initially recorded at fair value as of the date
of acquisition. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease
term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. We amortize acquisition-related intangibles on a straight-line basis over
the estimated economic life of the assets. Capitalized software licenses generally are amortized on a straight-line basis over the
term of the license. Fully depreciated or amortized assets are written off against accumulated depreciation or amortization.
Impairments of long-lived assets
We regularly review whether facts or circumstances exist that indicate the carrying values of property, plant and equipment or
other long-lived assets, including intangible assets, are impaired. We assess the recoverability of assets by comparing the
projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with those assets to their respective carrying amounts. Any impairment charge
is based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets. Fair value is determined by available market
valuations, if applicable, or by discounted cash flows.
Goodwill
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if certain impairment indicators arise. We perform our annual
goodwill impairment test as of October 1 for our reporting units, which compares the fair value for each reporting unit to its
associated carrying value, including goodwill. See Note 7 for additional information.
Foreign currency
The functional currency for our non-U.S. subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accounts recorded in currencies other than the U.S.
dollar are remeasured into the functional currency. Current assets (except inventories), deferred taxes, other assets, current
liabilities and long-term liabilities are remeasured at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. Property, plant
and equipment with associated depreciation and inventories are valued at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expense
accounts other than depreciation for each month are remeasured at the appropriate daily rate of exchange. Currency exchange
gains and losses from remeasurement are credited or charged to OI&E.
Derivatives and hedging
We use derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to foreign exchange risk. These instruments are primarily forward
foreign currency exchange contracts, which are used as economic hedges to reduce the earnings impact that exchange rate
fluctuations may have on our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of
these forward foreign currency exchange contracts are credited or charged to OI&E. We do not apply hedge accounting to our
foreign currency derivative instruments.
We are exposed to variability in compensation charges related to certain deferred compensation obligations to employees. We
use total return swaps to economically hedge this exposure and offset the related compensation expense, recognizing changes
in the value of the swaps and the related deferred compensation liabilities in SG&A.
In connection with the issuance of long-term debt, we may use financial derivatives such as treasury-rate lock agreements that
are recognized in AOCI and amortized over the life of the related debt. The results of these derivative transactions have not
been material.
We do not use derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 33
Changes in accounting standards – adopted standards for current period
We adopted the following Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) during the current period, none of which had a material impact
on our financial position or results of operations.
ASU
ASU No. 2016-13
ASU No. 2018-13
ASU No. 2018-15
Description
Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes
to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs
Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract
Adopted Date
January 1, 2020
January 1, 2020
January 1, 2020
3. Stock compensation
We have stock options outstanding to participants under long-term incentive plans. The option price per share may not be less
than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the grant. The options have a 10-year term, generally vest ratably
over four years and continue to vest after the option recipient retires.
We also have RSUs outstanding to participants under long-term incentive plans. Each RSU represents the right to receive one
share of TI common stock, issued on the vesting date, which is generally four years after the date of grant. RSUs continue to
vest after the recipient retires. Holders of RSUs receive an annual cash payment equivalent to the dividends paid on our
common stock.
We have options and RSUs outstanding to non-employee directors under director compensation plans. The plans generally
provide for annual grants of stock options and RSUs, a one-time grant of RSUs to each new non-employee director and the
issuance of TI common stock upon the distribution of stock units credited to director deferred compensation accounts.
We also have an employee stock purchase plan (ESPP) under which options are offered to all eligible employees in amounts
based on a percentage of the employee’s compensation, subject to a cap. Under the plan, the option price per share is 85% of
the fair market value on the exercise date.
Total stock compensation expense recognized is as follows:
COR ......................................................................................................................................
R&D .....................................................................................................................................
SG&A ...................................................................................................................................
Total ......................................................................................................................................
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
2020
$ 21
$ 21
66
68
130
135
$ 217
$ 224
2018
$ 25
69
138
$ 232
These amounts include expenses related to non-qualified stock options, RSUs and stock options offered under our ESPP and are
net of estimated forfeitures.
We recognize compensation expense for non-qualified stock options and RSUs on a straight-line basis over the minimum
service period required for vesting of the award, adjusting for estimated forfeitures based on historical activity. Awards issued
to employees who are retirement eligible or nearing retirement eligibility are expensed on an accelerated basis. Options issued
under our ESPP are expensed over a three-month period.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 34
Fair-value methods and assumptions
We account for all awards granted under our various stock compensation plans at fair value. We estimate the fair values for
non-qualified stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions:
2020
Weighted average grant date fair value, per share .......................................................... $ 25.55
Weighted average assumptions used:
2019
$ 22.08
2018
$ 23.20
For Years Ended December 31,
Expected volatility .....................................................................................................
Expected lives (in years) ............................................................................................
Risk-free interest rates ................................................................................................
Expected dividend yields ...........................................................................................
26%
6.8
1.53%
2.76%
26%
7.1
2.66%
2.95%
23%
7.2
2.57%
2.25%
We determine expected volatility on all options granted using available implied volatility rates. We believe that market-based
measures of implied volatility are currently the best available indicators of the expected volatility used in these estimates.
We determine expected lives of options based on the historical option exercise experience of our optionees using a rolling
10-year average. We believe the historical experience method is the best estimate of future exercise patterns currently available.
Risk-free interest rates are determined using the implied yield currently available for zero-coupon U.S. government issues with
a remaining term equal to the expected life of the options.
Expected dividend yields are based on the annualized approved quarterly dividend rate and the current market price of our
common stock at the time of grant. No assumption for a future dividend rate change is included unless there is an approved
plan to change the dividend in the near term.
The fair value per share of RSUs is determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.
Our ESPP is a discount-purchase plan and consequently the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model is not used to
determine the fair value per share of these awards. The fair value per share under this plan equals the amount of the discount.
Long-term incentive and director compensation plans
Stock option and RSU transactions under our long-term incentive and director compensation plans are as follows:
Stock Options
RSUs
Outstanding grants, December 31, 2019......................
Granted ......................................................................
Stock options exercised/RSUs vested .......................
Forfeited and expired ................................................
Outstanding grants, December 31, 2020 ..................
Shares
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
per Share
32,493,944 $ 66.57
4,253,606 130.48
(8,392,354) 53.28
(359,919) 111.06
27,995,277 79.69
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value per Share
5,897,800 $ 79.62
1,005,778 130.59
(2,034,933) 53.88
(157,021) 103.90
4,711,624 100.80
The weighted average grant date fair values per share of RSUs granted in 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $130.59, $106.58 and
$110.05, respectively. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, the total grant date fair values of shares vested from RSU grants were
$110 million, $125 million and $123 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the number of shares remaining available for future issuance under these plans was 40,334,683.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 35
Summarized information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2020, is as follows:
Exercise Price Range
$ 28.13 to 161.98 .......................... 27,995,277
Number
Outstanding
(Shares)
Stock Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining Contractual
Life (Years)
5.8
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price per Share
Options Exercisable
Number
Exercisable
(Shares)
Weighted
Average Exercise
Price per Share
$ 79.69
17,221,451 $ 59.33
In 2020, 2019 and 2018, the aggregate intrinsic values (i.e., the difference in the closing market price on the date of exercise
and the exercise price paid by the optionee) of options exercised were $681 million, $819 million and $561 million,
respectively.
Summarized information as of December 31, 2020, about outstanding stock options that are vested and expected to vest, as
well as stock options that are currently exercisable, is as follows:
Number of outstanding (shares) .......................................................................................... 27,596,705
Weighted average remaining contractual life (in years) ......................................................
5.8
Outstanding Stock
Options (Fully Vested
and Expected to Vest) (a)
Options
Exercisable
17,221,451
4.4
Weighted average exercise price per share ..........................................................................
Intrinsic value (millions of dollars) .....................................................................................
$ 79.13
$ 2,346
$ 59.33
$ 1,805
(a)
Includes effects of expected forfeitures. Excluding the effects of expected forfeitures, the aggregate intrinsic value of
stock options outstanding was $2.36 billion.
As of December 31, 2020, total future compensation related to equity awards not yet recognized in our Consolidated
Statements of Income was $237 million, consisting of $103 million related to unvested stock options and $134 million related
to unvested RSUs. The $237 million is expected to be recognized as follows: $115 million in 2021, $77 million in 2022,
$40 million in 2023 and $5 million in 2024.
Employee stock purchase plan
Options outstanding under the ESPP as of December 31, 2020, had an exercise price equal to 85% of the fair market value of
TI common stock on the date of automatic exercise. The automatic exercise occurred on January 4, 2021, resulting in an
exercise price of $137.89 per share. Of the total outstanding options, none were exercisable as of December 31, 2020.
ESPP transactions are as follows:
Outstanding grants, December 31, 2019..............................................................................
Granted ..............................................................................................................................
Exercised ............................................................................................................................
Outstanding grants, December 31, 2020 ..........................................................................
Shares
173,849
714,680
(745,483)
143,046
Exercise
Price
$ 110.14
108.74
103.48
137.89
The weighted average grant date fair values per share of options granted under the ESPP in 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $19.19,
$18.05 and $15.43, respectively. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, the total intrinsic value of options exercised under these plans was
$14 million, $13 million and $13 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the number of shares remaining available for future issuance under this plan was 33,097,602.
Effect on shares outstanding and treasury shares
Treasury shares were acquired in connection with the board-authorized stock repurchase program. As of December 31, 2020,
$10.63 billion of stock repurchase authorizations remain, and no expiration date has been specified.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 36
Our current practice is to issue shares of common stock from treasury shares upon exercise of stock options, distribution of
director deferred compensation and vesting of RSUs. The following table reflects the changes in our treasury shares:
Balance, December 31, 2017 ......................................................................
Repurchases ................................................................................................
Shares used for:
Stock options/RSUs .................................................................................
Stock applied to taxes ..............................................................................
ESPP ........................................................................................................
Director deferred stock units ....................................................................
Total issued .................................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2018 ......................................................................
Repurchases ................................................................................................
Shares used for:
Stock options/RSUs .................................................................................
Stock applied to taxes ..............................................................................
ESPP ........................................................................................................
Director deferred stock units ....................................................................
Total issued .................................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2019 ......................................................................
Repurchases ..............................................................................................
Shares used for:
Stock options/RSUs ................................................................................
Stock applied to taxes ............................................................................
ESPP .......................................................................................................
Director deferred stock units ................................................................
Total issued ................................................................................................
Balance, December 31, 2020 ....................................................................
The effects on cash flows are as follows:
Proceeds from common stock transactions (a) ...........................................
Stock Options RSUs
Treasury Shares
757,657,217
49,482,220
(8,432,458) (2,769,994)
— 553,720
(819,878) —
— —
(5,181)
(9,252,336) (2,216,274) (11,468,610)
795,665,646
27,398,701
(11,529,174) (2,370,762)
— 490,347
(798,806) —
— —
(71,571)
(12,327,980) (1,880,415) (14,208,395)
808,784,381
23,430,215
(8,392,354) (2,034,933)
— 421,518
(745,483) —
— —
(1,557)
(9,137,837) (1,613,415) (10,751,252)
821,461,787
2020
$ 470
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
$ 539
2018
$ 373
Tax benefit realized from stock compensation ...........................................
Reduction to deferred tax asset ...................................................................
Excess tax benefit for stock compensation .................................................
$ 195
(44)
$ 151
$ 224
(49)
$ 175
$ 179
(43)
$ 136
(a) Net of taxes paid for employee shares withheld of $53 million, $52 million and $60 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018,
respectively.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 37
4. Income taxes
Income before income taxes is comprised of the following components:
U.S. ......................................................................................................................................................
Non-U.S. .............................................................................................................................................
Total.....................................................................................................................................................
Provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components:
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
$ 5,210 $ 4,915 $ 5,672
807
813
1,014
$ 6,017 $ 5,728 $ 6,686
2020
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
U.S. federal ...............
Non-U.S. ...................
U.S. state ..................
Total ..........................
Current Deferred
$ 357 $ (122) $ 235 $ 483 $
Total
Current Deferred
192
10
(15)
—
177
10
135
12
$ 559 $ (137) $ 422 $ 630 $
Total
Current Deferred
Total
(98) $ 881
25 $ 508 $ 979 $
(8)
225
56
217
—
1
7
8
81 $ 711 $ 1,211 $ (105) $ 1,106
191
12
Principal reconciling items from the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate (provision for income taxes as a
percentage of income before income taxes) are as follows:
U.S. statutory income tax rate ..............................................................................................
U.S. tax benefit for foreign derived intangible income ........................................................
Impact of changes in uncertain tax positions ........................................................................
U.S. excess tax benefit for stock compensation ...................................................................
U.S. R&D tax credit .............................................................................................................
U.S. Tax Act transitional non-cash expense .........................................................................
Other .....................................................................................................................................
Effective tax rate...................................................................................................................
For Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
2020
21.0%
21.0%
21.0%
(6.1)
(5.3)
(4.9)
(4.0)
—
(0.1)
(2.5)
(2.0)
(3.1)
(1.3)
(1.3)
(1.4)
—
4.2
—
(0.1)
(0.1)
0.9
7.0%
16.5%
12.4%
The earnings represented by non-cash operating assets, such as fixed assets and inventory, will continue to be permanently
reinvested outside the United States. Provisions of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act), such as the one-time tax on
indefinitely reinvested earnings and the global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI) tax for years beginning in 2018, eliminate
any additional U.S. taxation resulting from repatriation of earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries to the United States. Consequently,
no U.S. tax provision has been made for the future remittance of these earnings. However, withholding or distribution taxes in
certain non-U.S. jurisdictions will be incurred upon repatriation of available cash to the United States. A provision has been
made for deferred taxes on these undistributed earnings to the extent that repatriation of the available cash to the United States
is expected to result in a tax liability. As of December 31, 2020, we have no basis differences that would result in material
unrecognized deferred tax liabilities.
We have made an allowable policy election to account for the effects of GILTI as a component of income tax expense in the
period in which the tax is incurred.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 38
The primary components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred loss and tax credit carryforwards ......................................................................................
Accrued expenses .............................................................................................................................
Stock compensation .........................................................................................................................
Inventories and related reserves .......................................................................................................
Retirement costs for defined benefit and retiree health care ............................................................
Other ................................................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance ........................................................................
Valuation allowance ...........................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance ...........................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment ..........................................................................................................
International earnings .......................................................................................................................
Acquisition-related intangibles and fair-value adjustments .............................................................
Other ................................................................................................................................................
Total deferred tax liabilities ................................................................................................................
Net deferred tax asset .........................................................................................................................
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
207 $
180
106
105
44
3
645
(179)
466
(116)
(44)
(40)
(13)
(213)
253 $
213
182
109
109
49
—
662
(180)
482
(164)
(62)
(82)
(55)
(363)
119
The deferred tax assets and liabilities based on tax jurisdictions are presented on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:
Deferred tax assets ..............................................................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities ........................................................................................................................
Net deferred tax asset .........................................................................................................................
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
343 $
(90)
253 $
197
(78)
119
We make an ongoing assessment regarding the realization of U.S. and non-U.S. deferred tax assets. This assessment is based on
our evaluation of relevant criteria, including the existence of deferred tax liabilities that can be used to absorb deferred tax
assets, taxable income in prior carryback years and expectations for future taxable income. Valuation allowances decreased
$1 million in 2020 and increased $8 million and $7 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively. These changes had no impact to net
income in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
We have no tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2020.
Cash payments made for income taxes, net of refunds, were $720 million, $570 million and $705 million in 2020, 2019 and
2018, respectively.
Uncertain tax positions
We operate in a number of tax jurisdictions, and our income tax returns are subject to examination by tax authorities in those
jurisdictions who may challenge any item on these tax returns. Because the matters challenged by authorities are typically
complex, their ultimate outcome is uncertain. Before any benefit can be recorded in our financial statements, we must
determine that it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained by the appropriate tax authorities. We recognize
accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions and penalties as components of OI&E.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 39
The changes in the total amounts of uncertain tax positions are as follows:
Balance, January 1 .................................................................................................................. $
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year ..................................................
Additions for tax positions of prior years ...............................................................................
Reductions for tax positions of prior years .............................................................................
Settlements with tax authorities ..............................................................................................
Expiration of the statute of limitations for assessing taxes .....................................................
Balance, December 31 ............................................................................................................ $
303 $
3
35
(249)
—
(3)
89 $
286 $
3
63
(41)
(8)
—
303 $
300
3
1
—
(18)
—
286
2020
2019
2018
Interest income (expense) recognized in the year ended December 31 .................................. $
39 $
9 $
(15)
Interest payable as of December 31 ........................................................................................ $
8 $
44 $
49
The liability for uncertain tax positions is a component of other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
All of the $89 million and $303 million liabilities for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively,
are comprised of positions that, if recognized, would lower the effective tax rate. If these liabilities are ultimately realized,
$2 million of existing deferred tax assets in both 2020 and 2019 would also be realized. Reductions for tax positions of prior
years in 2020 include a $249 million tax benefit for the effective settlement of a depreciation-related uncertain tax position.
Accrued interest of $46 million related to this uncertain tax position was reversed and included in OI&E.
As of December 31, 2020, the statute of limitations remains open for U.S. federal tax returns for 2013 and following years.
Audit activities related to our U.S. federal tax returns through 2015 have been completed except for certain pending tax treaty
procedures for relief from double taxation and an Internal Revenue Service appeals process related to the 2013 through 2015
audit. The procedures for relief from double taxation pertain to U.S. federal tax returns for the years 2007 through 2012.
In non-U.S. jurisdictions, the years open to audit represent the years still open under the statute of limitations. With respect to
major jurisdictions outside the United States, our subsidiaries are no longer subject to income tax audits for years before 2007.
5. Financial instruments and risk concentration
Financial instruments
We hold derivative financial instruments such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, the fair value of which was not
material as of December 31, 2020. Our forward foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2020,
had a notional value of $416 million to hedge our non-U.S. dollar net balance sheet exposures, including $147 million to sell
Japanese yen, $85 million to sell euros and $82 million to sell British pounds.
Our investments in cash equivalents, short-term investments and certain long-term investments, as well as our deferred
compensation liabilities, are carried at fair value. Our postretirement plan assets are carried at fair value or net asset value per
share. The carrying values for other current financial assets and liabilities, such as accounts receivable and accounts payable,
approximate fair value due to the short maturity of such instruments. As of December 31, 2020, the carrying value of long-term
debt, including the current portion, was $6.80 billion, and the estimated fair value was $7.78 billion. The estimated fair value
is measured using broker-dealer quotes, which are Level 2 inputs. See Note 6 for a description of fair value and the definition
of Level 2 inputs.
Risk concentration
We are subject to counterparty risks from financial institutions, customers and issuers of debt securities. Financial instruments
that could subject us to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash deposits, cash equivalents, short-term investments and
accounts receivable. To manage our credit risk exposure, we place cash investments in investment-grade debt securities and
limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. We also limit counterparties on cash deposits and financial derivative
contracts to financial institutions with investment-grade ratings.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 40
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to our large number of customers and their
dispersion across different industries and geographic areas. We maintain allowances for expected returns, disputes, adjustments,
incentives and credit losses. These allowances are deducted from accounts receivable on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Accounts receivable allowances changed to reflect amounts charged (credited) to operating results by $3 million, ($11) million
and $11 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Major customer
One of our end customers accounted for 10%, 8% and 8% of revenue in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, recognized
primarily in our Analog segment. No end customer accounted for 10% or more of revenue in 2019 or 2018.
6. Valuation of debt and equity investments and certain liabilities
Investments measured at fair value
Available-for-sale debt investments, money market funds and mutual funds are stated at fair value, which is generally based on
market prices or broker quotes. See Fair-value considerations. Unrealized gains and losses from available-for-sale debt
securities are recorded as an increase or decrease, net of taxes, in AOCI on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and any credit
losses on available-for-sale debt securities are recorded as an allowance for credit losses with an offset recognized in OI&E in
our Consolidated Statements of Income.
Our mutual funds hold a variety of debt and equity investments intended to generate returns that offset changes in certain
deferred compensation liabilities. We record changes in the fair value of these mutual funds and the related deferred
compensation liabilities in SG&A.
Other investments
Our other investments include equity-method investments and non-marketable equity investments, which are not measured at
fair value. These investments consist of interests in venture capital funds and other non-marketable equity securities. Gains and
losses from equity-method investments are recognized in OI&E based on our ownership share of the investee’s financial
results.
Non-marketable equity securities are measured at cost with adjustments for observable changes in price or impairments. Gains
and losses on non-marketable equity investments are recognized in OI&E.
Details of our investments are as follows:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Cash and
Cash
Equivalents
Short-Term
Investments
Long-Term
Investments
Cash and
Cash
Equivalents
Short-Term
Investments
Long-Term
Investments
Measured at fair value:
Money market funds ................ $ 886
Corporate obligations ...............
256
U.S. government agency
and Treasury securities ............
Mutual funds ............................
Total ............................................
1,340
—
2,482
Other measurement basis:
$ —
$ —
407 —
$ 1,213 $ — $ —
174 1,216 —
3,054 —
18
18
—
3,461
604
1,734 —
— — 272
1,991 2,950 272
—
—
27
— — 24
Equity-method investments .....
Non-marketable equity
investments ..............................
Cash on hand ...........................
—
625
Total ............................................ $ 3,107
—
—
$ 3,461
4
—
$ 49
— — 4
446 — —
$ 2,437 $ 2,950 $ 300
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 41
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, unrealized gains and losses associated with our available-for-sale investments were not
material. We did not recognize any credit losses related to available-for-sale investments in 2020, 2019 or 2018. All of our debt
securities classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2020, have maturities within one year.
In 2020, 2019 and 2018, the proceeds from sales, redemptions and maturities of short-term available-for-sale investments were
$5.29 billion, $2.31 billion and $6.71 billion, respectively. Gross realized gains and losses from these sales were not material.
In 2020, we entered into total return swaps to economically hedge the variability of certain deferred compensation obligations
to employees. As a result, we received proceeds of $253 million from the sale of investments in mutual funds that were
previously being utilized to offset this exposure.
Fair-value considerations
We measure and report certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the price
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market
for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
The three-level hierarchy described below indicates the extent and level of judgment used to estimate fair-value measurements.
•
•
•
Level 1 – Uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the
reporting date.
Level 2 – Uses inputs other than Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date
through correlation with market data, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and
quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or
other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models,
such as interest rates and volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data. We utilize a third-party data
service to provide Level 2 valuations. We verify these valuations for reasonableness relative to unadjusted quotes
obtained from brokers or dealers based on observable prices for similar assets in active markets.
Level 3 – Uses inputs that are unobservable, supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant
management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models that utilize management estimates
of market participant assumptions. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had no Level 3 assets or liabilities.
The following are our assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis. These tables do not include
cash on hand, assets held by our postretirement plans, or assets and liabilities that are measured at historical cost or any basis
other than fair value.
Level 1
December 31, 2020
Level 2
Total
Level 1
December 31, 2019
Level 2
Total
Assets:
Money market funds .................................................
Corporate obligations ................................................
U.S. government agency and Treasury securities .....
Mutual funds .............................................................
Total assets ..................................................................
Liabilities:
$ 886 $ — $ 886 $ 1,213 $ — $ 1,213
1,390
2,338
272
$ 5,298 $ 663 $ 5,961 $ 3,823 $ 1,390 $ 5,213
—
4,394
18
663
4,394
18
—
2,338
272
1,390
—
—
663
—
—
Deferred compensation .............................................
Total liabilities .............................................................
$ 350 $ — $ 350 $ 298 $ — $ 298
$ 350 $ — $ 350 $ 298 $ — $ 298
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 42
7. Goodwill and acquisition-related intangibles
Goodwill by segment as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, is as follows:
Analog ..................................................................................................................................................................
Embedded Processing ...........................................................................................................................................
Other .....................................................................................................................................................................
Total ......................................................................................................................................................................
Goodwill
$ 4,158
172
32
$ 4,362
We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 and determine whether the fair value of each of our reporting
units is in excess of its carrying value. Determination of fair value is based upon management estimates and judgment, using
unobservable inputs in discounted cash flow models to calculate the fair value of each reporting unit. These unobservable
inputs are considered Level 3 measurements, as described in Note 6. In 2020, 2019 and 2018, we determined no impairment
was indicated.
The components of acquisition-related intangibles are as follows:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019
Developed technology ............
Other intangibles ....................
Total ........................................
Amortization
Period (Years)
8 – 10
5
Gross Carrying
Amount
$ 1,895
10
$ 1,905
Acquisition charges
Accumulated
Amortization
$ 1,753
—
$ 1,753
Net
Gross Carrying
Amount
$ 142 $ 2,000
10 —
$ 152 $ 2,000
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
$ 1,660 $ 340
—
—
$ 1,660 $ 340
Acquisition charges represent the ongoing amortization of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of National
Semiconductor Corporation. These amounts are included in Other for segment reporting purposes, consistent with how
management measures the performance of its segments.
Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles was $198 million, $288 million and $318 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018,
respectively. Fully amortized assets are written off against accumulated amortization. The remaining estimated amortization is
$144 million in 2021.
8. Postretirement benefit plans
Plan descriptions
We have various employee retirement plans, including defined contribution, defined benefit and retiree health care benefit
plans. For qualifying employees, we offer deferred compensation arrangements.
U.S. retirement plans
Our principal retirement plans in the United States are a defined contribution plan, an enhanced defined contribution plan and
qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans. The defined benefit plans were closed to new participants in 1997,
and then current participants were allowed to make a one-time election to continue accruing a benefit in the plans or to cease
accruing a benefit and instead to participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan.
Both defined contribution plans offer an employer-matching savings option that allows employees to make pretax and post-tax
contributions to various investment choices. Employees who elected to continue accruing a benefit in the qualified defined
benefit pension plans may also participate in the defined contribution plan, where employer-matching contributions are
provided for up to 2% of the employee’s annual eligible earnings. Employees who elected not to continue accruing a benefit in
the defined benefit pension plans and employees hired after November 1997 and through December 31, 2003, may participate
in the enhanced defined contribution plan. This plan provides for a fixed employer contribution of 2% of the employee’s
annual eligible earnings, plus an employer-matching contribution of up to 4% of the employee’s annual eligible earnings.
Employees hired after December 31, 2003, do not receive the fixed employer contribution of 2% of the employee’s annual
eligible earnings.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 43
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, as a result of employees’ elections, TI’s U.S. defined contribution plans held shares of TI
common stock totaling 7 million shares and 8 million shares valued at $1.12 billion and $988 million, respectively. Dividends
paid on these shares in 2020 and 2019 were $27 million and $26 million, respectively. Effective April 1, 2016, the TI common
stock fund was frozen to new contributions or transfers into the fund.
Our aggregate expense for the U.S. defined contribution plans was $61 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018.
The defined benefit pension plans include employees still accruing benefits, as well as employees and participants who no
longer accrue service-related benefits, but instead, may participate in the enhanced defined contribution plan. Benefits under
the qualified defined benefit pension plan are determined using a formula based on years of service and the highest five
consecutive years of compensation. We intend to contribute amounts to this plan to meet the minimum funding requirements
of applicable local laws and regulations, plus such additional amounts as we deem appropriate. The non-qualified defined
benefit plans are unfunded and closed to new participants.
U.S. retiree health care benefit plan
U.S. employees who meet eligibility requirements are offered medical coverage during retirement. We make a contribution
toward the cost of those retiree medical benefits for certain retirees and their dependents. The contribution rates are based upon
various factors, the most important of which are an employee’s date of hire, date of retirement, years of service and eligibility
for Medicare benefits. The balance of the cost is borne by the plan’s participants. Employees hired after January 1, 2001, are
responsible for the full cost of their medical benefits during retirement.
Non-U.S. retirement plans
We provide retirement coverage for non-U.S. employees, as required by local laws or to the extent we deem appropriate,
through a number of defined benefit and defined contribution plans. Retirement benefits are generally based on an employee’s
years of service and compensation. Funding requirements are determined on an individual country and plan basis and are
subject to local country practices and market circumstances.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, as a result of employees’ elections, TI’s non-U.S. defined contribution plans held TI
common stock valued at $36 million and $28 million, respectively. Dividends paid on these shares of TI common stock in
2020 and 2019 were not material.
Effects on our Consolidated Statements of Income and Balance Sheets
Expenses related to defined benefit and retiree health care benefit plans are as follows:
U.S. Defined
Benefit
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
Service cost .................................................................
Interest cost .................................................................
Expected return on plan assets ....................................
Amortization of prior service cost (credit) ..................
Recognized net actuarial loss ......................................
Net periodic benefit costs ............................................
Settlement losses .........................................................
Total, including other postretirement losses ................
2020
2019
2018
$ 18 $ 18 $ 19
31 38 35
(36) (41) (42)
— —
—
7
9 17
20 24 29
2020
2019
2018
$ 3 $ 3 $ 5
13
15
14
(12) (14) (15)
(2) (1) (3)
— — 2
4
2
2
16 10 23
$ 36 $ 34 $ 52
— — —
$ 2 $ 2 $ 4
2020
2019
2018
$ 34 $ 31 $ 36
43
45
(86) (67)
(1)
20
33
38
(78)
1
14
9
1
29
18
1
3
$ 10 $ 21 $ 36
3
All defined benefit and retiree health care benefit plan expense components other than service cost are recognized in OI&E in
our Consolidated Statements of Income. Service cost is recognized within operating profit.
For the U.S. qualified pension and retiree health care plans, the expected return on plan assets component of net periodic
benefit cost is based upon a market-related value of assets. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the market-related value of assets
is the fair value adjusted by a smoothing technique whereby certain gains and losses are phased in over a period of three years.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 44
Changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for defined benefit and retiree health care benefit plans are as follows:
U.S. Defined
Benefit
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
2020
2019
2020
2019
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
2019
2020
Change in plan benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year: ...................
Service cost ..........................................................
Interest cost ..........................................................
Participant contributions ......................................
Benefits paid ........................................................
Settlements ..........................................................
Curtailments ........................................................
Actuarial loss (gain) .............................................
Plan amendments .................................................
Effects of exchange rate changes .........................
Benefit obligation at end of year ...............................
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year: ..........
Actual return on plan assets .................................
Employer contributions (qualified plans) ............
Employer contributions (non-qualified plans) .....
Participant contributions ......................................
Benefits paid ........................................................
Settlements ..........................................................
Effects of exchange rate changes .........................
Fair value of plan assets at end of year .....................
Funded status at end of year ........................................
$ 960 $ 874 $ 359 $ 361 $ 2,581 $ 2,411
3
31
13
43
13
7
(39)
(103)
—
(12)
—
(1)
40
193
—
—
—
12
18
38
—
(11)
(66)
—
107
—
—
34
38
7
(95)
(8)
—
143
1
167
18
31
—
(12)
(94)
—
194
—
—
3
14
13
(41)
—
—
9
—
—
$ 1,097 $ 960 $ 389 $ 359 $ 2,868 $ 2,581
164
—
16
—
(12)
(94)
—
$ 987 $ 869 $ 356 $ 330 $ 2,661 $ 2,410
337
9
—
7
(103)
(12)
13
$ 1,061 $ 987 $ 389 $ 356 $ 3,008 $ 2,661
$
80
185
—
10
—
(11)
(66)
—
260
11
—
7
(95)
(8)
172
58
1
—
13
(39)
—
—
53
1
—
13
(41)
—
—
27 $ — $
(3) $ 140 $
(36) $
The actuarial loss (gain) for all pension plans was primarily related to a change in the discount rate used to measure the benefit
obligations of those plans in 2020 and 2019.
Amounts recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, are as follows:
U.S.
Defined Benefit
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
Total
2020
Overfunded retirement plans ..........................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
& other long-term liabilities ............................................
Underfunded retirement plans .......................................
Funded status at end of 2020 .............................................
$ 9
$ 3
$ 234
$ 246
(6)
(39)
$ (36)
—
(3)
$ —
(5)
(89)
$ 140
(11)
(131)
$ 104
2019
Overfunded retirement plans .............................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
& other long-term liabilities ..............................................
Underfunded retirement plans ...........................................
Funded status at end of 2019 ................................................
$ 73
$ —
$ 145
$ 218
(17)
(29)
$ 27
—
(3)
$ (3)
(4)
(61)
$ 80
(21)
(93)
$ 104
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 45
Contributions to the plans meet or exceed all minimum funding requirements. We expect to contribute about $10 million to our
retirement benefit plans in 2021.
Accumulated benefit obligations, which are generally less than the projected benefit obligations as they exclude the impact of
future salary increases, were $992 million and $878 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for the U.S.
defined benefit plans, and $2.72 billion and $2.46 billion as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, for the non-U.S.
defined benefit plans.
The change in AOCI is as follows:
U.S. Defined
Benefit
Net
Actuarial
Loss
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
Net
Actuarial
Loss
Prior
Service
Credit
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
Net
Actuarial
Loss
Prior
Service
Credit
Total
Net
Actuarial
Loss
Prior
Service
Credit
AOCI balance, net of taxes,
December 31, 2019 ....................
$ 91
$ (3)
$ (4)
$ 259
$ 2
$ 347
$ (2)
Changes in AOCI by category:
Adjustments ..........................
Recognized within net
income ....................................
Tax effect ................................
Total change to AOCI ...........
66
(6)
—
(16)
—
44
—
(23)
(9)
34
—
1
(5)
2
—
2
(15)
14
(17)
(1)
—
(1)
(38)
6
12
1
—
1
AOCI balance, net of taxes,
December 31, 2020 ...................
$ 125
$ (8)
$ (2)
$ 242
$ 1
$ 359
$ (1)
Information on plan assets
We report and measure the plan assets of our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans at fair value. The tables
below set forth the fair value of our plan assets using the same three-level hierarchy of fair-value inputs described in Note 6.
Assets of U.S. defined benefit plan:
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ....................................
Equity securities ...................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................................
$ — $ — $ 743
— — 318
$ — $ — $ 1,061
$ 743
318
$ 1,061
December 31, 2020
Level 1 Level 2 Other (a)
Total
Assets of U.S. retiree health care plan:
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ....................................
Equity securities ...................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................................
$ 29 $ — $ 222
— 138
$ 29 $ — $ 360
—
$ 251
138
$ 389
Assets of non-U.S. defined benefit plans:
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ....................................
Equity securities ...................................................................................
Total .........................................................................................................
$ 69 $ 146 $ 2,063
2 685
$ 2,748
$ 112 $ 148
43
$ 2,278
730
$ 3,008
(a) Consists of bond index and equity index funds, measured at net asset value per share, as well as cash equivalents.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 46
December 31, 2019
Level 1
Level 2
Other (a)
Total
Assets of U.S. defined benefit plan:
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ................................................... $ — $ — $
Equity securities ...............................................................................................
—
—
Total ..................................................................................................................... $ — $ — $
Assets of U.S. retiree health care plan:
640 $
347
987 $
640
347
987
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ................................................... $
Equity securities ...............................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................................... $
Assets of non-U.S. defined benefit plans:
62 $ — $
—
62 $ — $
—
168 $
126
294 $
230
126
356
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ................................................... $
Equity securities ...............................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................................... $
59 $
41
100 $
126 $ 1,762 $ 1,947
671
714
128 $ 2,433 $ 2,661
2
(a) Consists of bond index and equity index funds, measured at net asset value per share, as well as cash equivalents.
The investments in our major benefit plans largely consist of low-cost, broad-market index funds to mitigate risks of
concentration within market sectors. Our investment policy is designed to better match the interest rate sensitivity of the plan
assets and liabilities. The appropriate mix of equity and bond investments is determined primarily through the use of detailed
asset-liability modeling studies that look to balance the impact of changes in the discount rate against the need to provide asset
growth to cover future service cost. Most of our plans around the world have a greater proportion of fixed income securities
with return characteristics that are more closely aligned with changes in the liabilities caused by discount rate volatility.
Assumptions and investment policies
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine benefit obligations:
U.S. Defined
Benefit
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
2020
2019
2020
2019
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
2019
2020
Discount rate ......................................................................... 2.81% 3.62% 2.74% 3.63% 1.31% 1.46%
3.15% 3.06%
Long-term pay progression ................................................... 3.70% 3.30%
n/a
n/a
Weighted average assumptions used
to determine net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate ......................................................................... 3.42% 4.35% 3.63% 4.30% 1.46% 1.85%
Long-term rate of return on plan assets ................................ 4.00% 4.90% 3.50% 4.40% 2.93% 3.62%
3.06% 3.03%
Long-term pay progression ................................................... 3.30% 3.30%
n/a
n/a
We utilize a variety of methods to select an appropriate discount rate depending on the depth of the corporate bond market in
the country in which the benefit plan operates. In the United States, we use a settlement approach whereby a portfolio of bonds
is selected from the universe of actively traded high-quality U.S. corporate bonds. The selected portfolio is designed to provide
cash flows sufficient to pay the plan’s expected benefit payments when due. The resulting discount rate reflects the rate of
return of the selected portfolio of bonds. For our non-U.S. locations with a sufficient number of actively traded high-quality
bonds, an analysis is performed in which the projected cash flows from the defined benefit plans are discounted against a yield
curve constructed with an appropriate universe of high-quality corporate bonds available in each country. In this manner, a
present value is developed. The discount rate selected is the single equivalent rate that produces the same present value. For
countries that lack a sufficient corporate bond market, a government bond index is used to establish the discount rate.
Assumptions for the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets are based on future expectations for returns for each asset
class and the effect of periodic target asset allocation rebalancing. We adjust the results for the payment of reasonable expenses
of the plan from plan assets. We believe our assumptions are appropriate based on the investment mix and long-term nature of
the plans’ investments. Assumptions used for the non-U.S. defined benefit plans reflect the different economic environments
within the various countries.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 47
The target allocation ranges for the plans that hold a substantial majority of the defined benefit assets are as follows:
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents .......................................
Equity securities ....................................................................................
U.S. Defined
Benefit
65% – 80%
20% – 35%
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
65% – 80%
20% – 35%
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
60% – 100%
0% – 40%
We rebalance the plans’ investments when they are outside the target allocation ranges.
Weighted average asset allocations as of December 31 are as follows:
Non-U.S.
Defined Benefit
2019
2020
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents ....................................... 70% 65% 65% 65% 76% 73%
Equity securities .................................................................................... 30% 35% 35% 35% 24% 27%
U.S. Defined
Benefit
U.S. Retiree
Health Care
2019
2019
2020
2020
None of the plan assets related to the defined benefit pension plans and retiree health care benefit plan are directly invested in
TI common stock.
The following assumed future benefit payments to plan participants in the next 10 years are used to measure our benefit
obligations. Almost all of the payments, which may vary significantly from these assumptions, will be made from plan assets
and not from company assets.
U.S. Defined Benefit .................................................
U.S. Retiree Health Care ...........................................
Non-U.S. Defined Benefit .........................................
2021
2023
2022
2026 – 2030
$ 95 $ 137 $ 102 $ 100 $ 102 $ 490
113
558
25
106
28
102
26
105
27
102
29
99
2024
2025
Assumed health care cost trend rates for the U.S. retiree health care benefit plan as of December 31 are as follows:
Assumed health care cost trend rate for next year ............................................................................
Ultimate trend rate ............................................................................................................................
Year in which ultimate trend rate is reached ..................................................................................... 2028
6.75%
5.00%
2020
2019
7.00%
5.00%
2028
Deferred compensation plans
We have deferred compensation plans that allow U.S. employees whose base salary and management responsibility exceed a
certain level to defer receipt of a portion of their cash compensation. Payments under these plans are made based on the
participant’s distribution election and plan balance. Participants can earn a return on their deferred compensation based on
notional investments in the same investment funds that are offered in our defined contribution plans.
As of December 31, 2020, our liability to participants of the deferred compensation plans was $350 million and is recorded in
other long-term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. This amount reflects the accumulated participant deferrals and
earnings thereon as of that date. We utilize total return swaps and investments in mutual funds that serve as economic hedges
of our exposure to changes in the fair value of these liabilities. We record changes in the fair value of the liability and the
related total return swaps and mutual funds in SG&A, as discussed in Note 6. As of December 31, 2020, we held $18 million
in mutual funds related to these plans that are recorded in long-term investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 48
9. Debt and lines of credit
Short-term borrowings
We maintain a line of credit to support commercial paper borrowings, if any, and to provide additional liquidity through bank
loans. As of December 31, 2020, we had a variable-rate revolving credit facility from a consortium of investment-grade banks
that allows us to borrow up to $2 billion until March 2024. The interest rate on borrowings under this credit facility, if drawn,
is indexed to the applicable London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). As of December 31, 2020, our credit facility was
undrawn, and we had no commercial paper outstanding.
Long-term debt
In March 2020, we issued a principal amount of $750 million of fixed-rate, long-term debt due in 2025. We incurred
$4 million of issuance costs. The proceeds of the offering were $749 million, net of the original issuance discount, and were
used for general corporate purposes and the repayment of maturing debt.
In April 2020, we retired $500 million of maturing debt.
In May 2020, we issued a principal amount of $750 million of fixed-rate, long-term debt due in 2030. We incurred $5 million
of issuance costs. The proceeds of the offering were $749 million, net of the original issuance discount, and were used for
general corporate purposes.
In March 2019, we issued a principal amount of $750 million of fixed-rate, long-term debt due in 2039. We incurred $7 million
of issuance costs. The proceeds of the offering were $743 million, net of the original issuance discount, and were used for
general corporate purposes.
In August 2019, we retired $750 million of maturing debt.
In September 2019, we issued a principal amount of $750 million of fixed-rate, long-term debt due in 2029. We incurred
$5 million of issuance costs. The proceeds of the offering were $748 million, net of the original issuance discount, and were
used for general corporate purposes.
In May 2018, we retired $500 million of maturing debt.
In the second quarter of 2018, we issued an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion of fixed-rate, long-term debt due in
2048, comprised of the issuance of $1.3 billion in May 2018 and an additional $200 million in June 2018. We incurred
$16 million of issuance and other related costs. The proceeds of the offering were $1.5 billion, net of the original issuance
discount and premium, and were used for general corporate purposes.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 49
Long-term debt outstanding is as follows:
Notes due 2020 at 1.75% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2021 at 2.75% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2022 at 1.85% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2023 at 2.25% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2024 at 2.625% ....................................................................................................
Notes due 2025 at 1.375% ....................................................................................................
Notes due 2027 at 2.90% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2029 at 2.25% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2030 at 1.75% ......................................................................................................
Notes due 2039 at 3.875% ....................................................................................................
Notes due 2048 at 4.15% ......................................................................................................
Total debt ..............................................................................................................................
Net unamortized discounts, premiums and issuance costs ...................................................
Total debt, including net unamortized discounts, premiums and issuance costs ..................
Current portion of long-term debt ........................................................................................
Long-term debt .....................................................................................................................
December 31,
2020
$ —
550
500
500
300
750
500
750
750
750
1,500
6,850
(52)
6,798
(550)
$ 6,248
2019
$ 500
550
500
500
300
—
500
750
—
750
1,500
5,850
(47)
5,803
(500)
$ 5,303
Interest and debt expense was $190 million, $170 million and $125 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. This was net
of the amortized discounts, premiums and issuance costs. Cash payments for interest on long-term debt were $182 million,
$156 million and $114 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Capitalized interest was not material.
10. Leases
We conduct certain operations in leased facilities and also lease a portion of our data processing and other equipment. In
addition, certain long-term supply agreements to purchase industrial gases are accounted for as operating leases. Lease
agreements frequently include renewal provisions and require us to pay real estate taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.
Our leases are included as a component of the following balance sheet lines:
Other long-term assets ..........................................................................................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities .................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ....................................................................................................
Details of our operating leases are as follows:
Lease cost related to lease liabilities .....................................................................................
Variable lease cost ................................................................................................................
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
December 31,
2020
$ 319
$ 72
249
2019
$ 337
$ 73
259
For Years Ended December 31,
2020
$ 70
36
2019
$ 66
41
Operating cash flows for lease cost ...................................................................................
$ 59
$ 60
Lease assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities ..................................................
$ 59
$ 167
Weighted average remaining lease term ...............................................................................
Weighted average discount rate ............................................................................................
8.9 years
8.2 years
3.02%
3.37%
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 50
As of December 31, 2020, we had committed to make the following minimum payments under our non-cancellable operating
leases:
Lease payments .................................
$ 76
$ 60
2021
2022
2023
$ 38
2024
$ 33
2025
$ 26
Thereafter Total
$ 138
$ 371
Imputed lease interest ..........................................................................................................................................
(50)
Total lease liabilities ............................................................................................................................................
$ 321
11. Commitments and contingencies
Purchase commitments
Our purchase commitments include payments for software licenses and contractual arrangements with suppliers when there is
a fixed, non-cancellable payment schedule or when minimum payments are due with a reduced delivery schedule.
As of December 31, 2020, we had committed to make the following minimum payments under our purchase commitments:
Purchase commitments ......................
$ 400
$ 127
$ 69
2021
2022
2023
2024
$ 31
2025
$ 24
Thereafter Total
$ 96
$ 747
Indemnification guarantees
We routinely sell products with an intellectual property indemnification included in the terms of sale. Historically, we have had
only minimal, infrequent losses associated with these indemnities. Consequently, we cannot reasonably estimate any future
liabilities that may result.
Warranty costs/product liabilities
We accrue for known product-related claims if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. During the periods
presented, there have been no material accruals or payments regarding product warranty or product liability. Historically, we
have experienced a low rate of payments on product claims. Although we cannot predict the likelihood or amount of any future
claims, we do not believe they will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
Our stated warranties for semiconductor products obligate us to repair, replace or credit the purchase price of a covered
product back to the buyer. Product claim consideration may exceed the price of our products.
General
We are subject to various legal and administrative proceedings. Although it is not possible to predict the outcome of these
matters, we believe that the results of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
12. Supplemental financial information
Restructuring charges/other
Restructuring charges/other are included in Other for segment reporting purposes and are comprised of the following
components:
Restructuring charges (a) ................................................................................................
Gains on sales of assets ..................................................................................................
Restructuring charges/other ............................................................................................
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
$ (15)
(21)
$ (36)
2018
$ 6
(3)
$ 3
2020
$ 25
(1)
$ 24
(a)
Includes severance and benefits, accelerated depreciation, changes in estimates and other exit costs.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 51
Changes in accrued restructuring balances
Balance, January 1 ..........................................................................................................
Restructuring charges .....................................................................................................
Non-cash items (a) ..........................................................................................................
Payments ........................................................................................................................
Balance, December 31 ....................................................................................................
2020
$ —
25
1
(8)
$ 18
$
2019
28
(15)
—
(13)
$ —
2018
$ 29
6
(3)
(4)
28
$
(a) Reflects charges for impacts of accelerated depreciation and changes in exchange rates.
The restructuring accrual balances are reported as a component of either accrued expenses and other liabilities or other long-
term liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the expected timing of payment.
In 2020, we recognized $25 million of restructuring charges primarily for severance and benefit costs associated with our
Embedded Processing business. As of December 31, 2020, $8 million of payments have been made.
In January 2020, we announced a multiyear plan to close our two remaining factories with 150-millimeter production, which
are more than 50 years old and located in Sherman and Dallas, Texas. Production will be transitioned from these sites to our
more advanced and cost-effective 300-millimeter wafer fabrication facilities in North Texas. We expect this transition to be
completed in the next two to four years. Charges for these closures cannot be reasonably estimated until a later phase of the
transition.
Other income (expense), net (OI&E)
For Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2020
Other income (a) .............................................................................................................
Other expense (b) ...........................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................................
$
$
327 $
(14)
313 $
201 $
(26)
175 $
135
(37)
98
(a) Other income includes royalty income, reversals of tax interest accruals, interest and lease income, as well as investment
gains and losses.
(b) Other expense includes a portion of pension and other retiree benefit costs, currency gains and losses and miscellaneous
items.
Property, plant and equipment at cost
Land ................................................................................................................................
Buildings and improvements ..........................................................................................
Machinery and equipment ..............................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities
Depreciable
Lives (Years)
n/a
5 – 40
2 – 10
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
125 $
2,571
3,085
5,781 $
126
2,504
3,110
5,740
Long-term portion of transition tax on indefinitely reinvested earnings ..........................................
Deferred compensation plans ...........................................................................................................
Operating lease liabilities .................................................................................................................
Uncertain tax positions .....................................................................................................................
Other .................................................................................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................................................................
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 52
December 31,
2020
2019
$
$
457 $
350
249
89
160
1,305 $
506
298
259
303
148
1,514
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes (AOCI)
December 31,
2020
2019
Postretirement benefit plans:
Net actuarial loss............................................................................................................................
Prior service credit .........................................................................................................................
Cash flow hedge derivative instruments ...........................................................................................
Total ..................................................................................................................................................
$ (359) $
1
(2)
(360) $
$
(347)
2
(2)
(347)
Details on amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, to net income
Our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income include items that have been recognized within net income in 2020,
2019 and 2018. The table below details where these transactions are recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
For Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2020
2018
Impact to Related Statement
of Income Lines
Net actuarial losses of defined benefit plans:
Recognized net actuarial loss and settlement losses (a) ...... $ 38 $ 51 $ 65 Decrease to OI&E
Tax effect ............................................................................
Recognized within net income, net of taxes ....................... $ 29 $ 38 $ 50 Decrease to net income
(13)
(9)
(15) Decrease to provision for income taxes
Prior service credit of defined benefit plans:
Amortization of prior service credit (a) .............................. $ (1) $ — $ (4) Increase to OI&E
Tax effect ............................................................................ — —
Recognized within net income, net of taxes ....................... $ (1) $ — $ (3) Increase to net income
1 Increase to provision for income taxes
(a) Detailed in Note 8.
13. Quarterly financial data (unaudited)
2020 Quarters
3rd
2019 Quarters
3rd
2nd
Revenue ........................................ $ 4,076 $ 3,817 $ 3,239 $ 3,329 $ 3,350 $ 3,771 $ 3,668 $ 3,594
2,261
2,082
Gross profit ...................................
Included in operating profit:
2,646
2,097
2,453
2,360
2,446
2,088
2nd
4th
4th
1st
1st
Acquisition charges ...................
Restructuring charges/other .......
Operating profit ............................
Net income ...................................
47
—
1,813
1,688
51
—
1,609
1,353
50
24
1,228
1,380
50
—
1,244
1,174
50
—
1,249
1,070
79
—
1,589
1,425
80
(36)
1,506
1,305
79
—
1,379
1,217
Basic EPS ..................................... $ 1.83 $ 1.47 $ 1.50 $
Diluted EPS .................................. $ 1.80 $ 1.45 $ 1.48 $
1.25 $ 1.14 $ 1.51 $ 1.38 $ 1.29
1.24 $ 1.12 $ 1.49 $ 1.36 $ 1.26
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 53
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Texas Instruments Incorporated
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Texas Instruments Incorporated (the Company) as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as
the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework) and our report dated February 5, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due
to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are
material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements,
taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical
audit matter or on the account or disclosure to which it relates.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 54
Uncertain tax positions
Description of the
matter
How we addressed the
matter in our audit
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company operates in the
United States and multiple international tax jurisdictions, and its income tax returns are subject to
examination by tax authorities in those jurisdictions who may challenge any tax position on these
returns. Uncertainty in a tax position may arise because tax laws are subject to interpretation. The
Company uses significant judgment to (1) determine whether, based on the technical merits, a tax
position is more likely than not to be sustained and (2) measure the amount of tax benefit that
qualifies for recognition. Auditing management’s estimate of the amount of tax benefit that qualifies
for recognition involved auditor judgment because management’s estimate is complex, requires a
high degree of judgment and is based on interpretations of tax laws and legal rulings.
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of
controls over the Company’s accounting process for uncertain tax positions. For example, this
included controls over the Company’s assessment of the technical merits of tax positions and
management’s process to measure the benefit of those tax positions. Among other procedures
performed, we involved our tax professionals to assess the technical merits of the Company’s tax
positions. This included assessing the Company’s correspondence with the relevant tax authorities
and evaluating income tax opinions or other third-party advice obtained by the Company. We also
evaluated the appropriateness of the Company’s accounting for its tax positions taking into
consideration relevant international and local income tax laws and legal rulings. We analyzed the
Company’s assumptions and data used to determine the amount of tax benefit to recognize and
tested the accuracy of the calculations. We also evaluated the adequacy of the Company’s financial
statement disclosures in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements related to these tax matters.
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1952.
Dallas, Texas
February 5, 2021
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 55
ITEM 9. Changes in and disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. Controls and procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures
An evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report was carried out under the supervision and with the participation
of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that
those disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Internal control over financial reporting
Report by management on internal control over financial reporting
The management of TI is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. TI’s
internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation and fair presentation of financial statements issued for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f)
and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2020 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
TI management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020. In making this
assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework) (the COSO criteria) in Internal Control (cid:237) Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of
December 31, 2020, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the COSO criteria.
TI’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting, which immediately follows this report.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 56
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Texas Instruments Incorporated
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited Texas Instruments Incorporated’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Texas Instruments Incorporated (the Company)
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the
COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated
statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes, and our report dated February 5, 2021, expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying report by management
on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Dallas, Texas
February 5, 2021
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 57
ITEM 9B. Other information
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. Directors, executive officers and corporate governance
The information with respect to directors’ names, ages, positions, term of office, periods of service and business experience,
which is contained under the caption “Election of directors” in our proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting of
stockholders, is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.
A list of our executive officers and their biographical information appears in Part I, Item 1 of this report.
Code of ethics
We have adopted the Code of Ethics for TI Chief Executive Officer and Senior Finance Officers. A copy of the Code can be
found on our website at www.ti.com/corporategovernance. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements of the SEC
regarding amendments to, or waivers from, the Code by posting such information on the same website.
Audit committee
The information contained under the caption “Committees of the board” with respect to the audit committee and the audit
committee financial expert in our proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders is incorporated herein by
reference to such proxy statement.
ITEM 11. Executive compensation
The information contained under the captions “Director compensation” and “Executive compensation” in our proxy statement
for the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement, provided that the
Compensation Committee report shall not be deemed filed with this Form 10-K.
The information contained under the caption “Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation” in our proxy
statement for the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 58
ITEM 12. Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related
stockholder matters
Equity compensation plan information
The following table sets forth information about the company’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2020.
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders .........
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders ...
Total ...........................................................................................
Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights (1)
32,946,484 (a)
—
32,946,484 (d)
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights (2)
$ 79.99 (b)
—
$ 79.99
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
under Equity
Compensation Plans
(excluding securities
column (1)) (3)
73,432,285 (c)
reflected in
—
73,432,285
(a)
Includes shares of TI common stock to be issued under the Texas Instruments 2003 Director Compensation Plan, the
Texas Instruments 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2009 LTIP”) and predecessor stockholder-approved plans, the
Texas Instruments 2009 Director Compensation Plan, the TI Employees 2014 Stock Purchase Plan (the “2014 ESPP”)
and the Texas Instruments 2018 Director Compensation Plan (the “2018 Director Plan”).
(b) Restricted stock units and stock units credited to directors’ deferred compensation accounts are settled in shares of TI
common stock on a one-for-one basis. Accordingly, such units have been excluded for purposes of computing the
weighted-average exercise price.
(c)
(d)
Shares of TI common stock available for future issuance under the 2009 LTIP, the 2014 ESPP and the 2018 Director
Plan. 38,457,158 shares remain available for future issuance under the 2009 LTIP and 1,877,525 shares remain available
for future issuance under the 2018 Director Plan. Under the 2009 LTIP and the 2018 Director Plan, awards may be
granted in the form of restricted stock units, options or other stock-based awards such as restricted stock.
Includes 27,995,277 shares for issuance upon exercise of outstanding grants of options, 4,711,624 shares for issuance
upon vesting of outstanding grants of restricted stock units, 143,046 shares for issuance under the 2014 ESPP and 96,537
shares for issuance in settlement of directors’ deferred compensation accounts.
Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management
The information that is contained under the captions “Security ownership of certain beneficial owners” and “Security
ownership of directors and management” in our proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders is incorporated
herein by reference to such proxy statement.
ITEM 13. Certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence
The information contained under the captions “Related person transactions” and “Director independence” in our proxy
statement for the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.
ITEM 14. Principal accountant fees and services
The information with respect to principal accountant fees and services contained under the caption “Proposal to ratify
appointment of independent registered public accounting firm” in our proxy statement for the 2021 annual meeting of
stockholders is incorporated herein by reference to such proxy statement.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 59
PART IV
ITEM 15. Exhibits, financial statement schedules
The financial statements are listed in the index included in Item 8, “Financial statements and supplementary data.”
Designation
of Exhibit
3(a)
3(b)
4(a)
4(b)
4(c)
4(d)
4(e)
4(f)
4(g)
4(h)
4(i)
4(j)
4(k)
4(l)
4(m)
10(a)
10(b)
10(c)
10(d)
10(e)
10(f)
Description of Exhibit
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant, dated April 18, 1985, as
amended
By-Laws of the Registrant
Indenture
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Officer’s Certificate
Incorporated by Reference
Form
File Number
Date of Filing
Exhibit
Number
Filed or
Furnished
Herewith
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2015
3(a)
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
001-3761
July 16, 2020
001-3761 May 23, 2011
001-3761 May 8, 2013
001-3761 March 12, 2014
001-3761 May 6, 2016
001-3761 May 4, 2017
001-3761
November 3, 2017
001-3761 May 7, 2018
001-3761
June 8, 2018
001-3761 March 11, 2019
001-3761
September 4, 2019
001-3761 March 12, 2020
001-3761 May 4, 2020
3
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
4.1
Description of Securities
10-K 001-3761
February 20, 2020
4(l)
TI Deferred Compensation Plan, as
amended *
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan,
effective January 1, 2009, as amended *
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension
Plan II *
Texas Instruments Long-Term Incentive
Plan, adopted April 15, 1993 *
Texas Instruments 2003 Director
Compensation Plan as amended
January 19, 2012
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option
Agreement for Executive Officers under
the Texas Instruments 2009 Long-Term
Incentive Plan *
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2016
10(a)
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2016
10(b)
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2016
10(c)
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2012
10(c)
10-K 001-3761
February 24, 2015
10(j)
10-K 001-3761
February 23, 2017
10(k)
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 60
Designation
of Exhibit
Description of Exhibit
Form
File Number
Date of Filing
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
Filed or
Furnished
Herewith
10(g)
10(h)
10(i)
10(j)
21
23
31(a)
31(b)
32(a)
32(b)
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award
Agreement for Executive Officers under
the Texas Instruments 2009 Long-Term
Incentive Plan *
10-K
001-3761
February 23, 2017
10(l)
Texas Instruments 2009 Long-Term
Incentive Plan as amended April 21, 2016 *
DEF
14A
001-3761 March 9, 2016
Appendix
B
10-K
001-3761
February 23, 2017
10(n)
10-K
001-3761
February 20, 2020
10(k)
Texas Instruments 2009 Director
Compensation Plan as amended
January 19, 2012
Texas Instruments 2018 Director
Compensation Plan as amended
December 5, 2019
List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm
Rule 13a-14(aRule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certification
of Chief Financial Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief
Executive Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief
Financial Officer
101.ins
Instance Document
101.sch
XBRL Taxonomy Schema
101.cal
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase
101.def
XBRL Taxonomy Definitions Document
101.lab
XBRL Taxonomy Labels Linkbase
101.pre
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File
(embedded within the Inline XBRL
document)
* Management compensation plans and arrangements
Notice regarding forward-looking statements
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
This report includes forward-looking statements intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by phrases such as TI
or its management “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresees,” “forecasts,” “estimates” or other words or phrases of similar
import. Similarly, statements herein that describe TI’s business strategy, outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are
forward-looking statements. All such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause
actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 61
We urge you to carefully consider the following important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the
expectations of TI or our management:
• The duration and scope of the COVID-19 pandemic, government and other third-party responses to it and the
consequences for the global economy, including to our business and the businesses of our suppliers, customers and
distributors;
• Economic, social and political conditions, and natural events in the countries in which we, our customers or our
suppliers operate, including global trade policies;
• Market demand for semiconductors, particularly in the industrial and automotive markets, and customer demand that
differs from forecasts;
• Our ability to compete in products and prices in an intensely competitive industry;
• Evolving cybersecurity and other threats relating to our information technology systems or those of our customers or
suppliers;
• Our ability to successfully implement and realize opportunities from strategic, business and organizational changes, or
our ability to realize our expectations regarding the amount and timing of associated restructuring charges and cost
savings;
• Our ability to develop, manufacture and market innovative products in a rapidly changing technological environment,
and our timely implementation of new manufacturing technologies and installation of manufacturing equipment;
• Availability and cost of raw materials, utilities, manufacturing equipment, third-party manufacturing services and
•
manufacturing technology;
Product liability, warranty or other claims relating to our products, manufacturing, delivery, services, design or
communications, or recalls by our customers for a product containing one of our parts;
• Compliance with or changes in the complex laws, rules and regulations to which we are or may become subject, or
actions of enforcement authorities, that restrict our ability to operate our business or subject us to fines, penalties or
other legal liability;
• Changes in tax law and accounting standards that impact the tax rate applicable to us, the jurisdictions in which profits
are determined to be earned and taxed, adverse resolution of tax audits, increases in tariff rates, and the ability to
realize deferred tax assets;
• A loss suffered by one of our customers or distributors with respect to TI-consigned inventory;
•
Financial difficulties of our distributors or semiconductor distributors’ promotion of competing product lines to our
detriment; or disputes with current or former distributors;
• Losses or curtailments of purchases from key customers or the timing and amount of distributor and other customer
inventory adjustments;
• Our ability to maintain or improve profit margins, including our ability to utilize our manufacturing facilities at
sufficient levels to cover our fixed operating costs, in an intensely competitive and cyclical industry and changing
regulatory environment;
• Our ability to maintain and enforce a strong intellectual property portfolio and maintain freedom of operation in all
jurisdictions where we conduct business; or our exposure to infringement claims;
Instability in the global credit and financial markets;
Increases in health care and pension benefit costs;
•
•
• Our ability to recruit and retain skilled personnel, and effectively manage key employee succession; and
•
Impairments of our non-financial assets.
For a more detailed discussion of these factors, see the Risk factors discussion in Item 1A of this report. The forward-looking
statements included in this report are made only as of the date of this report, and we undertake no obligation to update the
forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. If we do update any forward-looking statement, you
should not infer that we will make additional updates with respect to that statement or any other forward-looking statement.
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 62
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this
Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INCORPORATED
By:
/s/ Rafael R. Lizardi
Rafael R. Lizardi
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Accounting Officer
Date: February 5, 2021
Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Richard K. Templeton, Rafael R. Lizardi and
Cynthia Hoff Trochu, or any of them, each acting alone, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power
of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities in
connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Texas Instruments Incorporated for the year ended December 31, 2020, to
sign any and all amendments to the Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each
acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and
about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated as of the 5th day of February 2021.
Signature
/s/ Mark A. Blinn
Mark A. Blinn
/s/ Todd M. Bluedorn
Todd M. Bluedorn
/s/ Janet F. Clark
Janet F. Clark
/s/ Carrie S. Cox
Carrie S. Cox
/s/ Martin S. Craighead
Martin S. Craighead
/s/ Jean M. Hobby
Jean M. Hobby
/s/ Michael D. Hsu
Michael D. Hsu
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 63
Title
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
/s/ Ronald Kirk
Ronald Kirk
/s/ Pamela H. Patsley
Pamela H. Patsley
/s/ Robert E. Sanchez
Robert E. Sanchez
/s/ Richard K. Templeton
Richard K. Templeton
/s/ Rafael R. Lizardi
Rafael R. Lizardi
Director
Director
Director
Director, Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Accounting Officer
2020 FORM 10-K (cid:121) PAGE 64
NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
April 22, 2021
Dear Stockholder:
You are cordially invited to attend the 2021 virtual annual meeting of stockholders on Thursday, April 22, 2021, at 8:30 a.m.
(Central time). If you plan to participate in the virtual meeting, please see “Attendance and instructions for virtual annual
meeting”. Stockholders will be able to listen, vote and submit questions from their home or any remote location that has
internet connectivity. There will be no physical location for stockholders to attend. Stockholders may only participate online by
logging in at www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/TXN2021. At the meeting we will consider and act upon the following
matters:
•
•
•
•
•
the election of directors for the next year,
advisory approval of the company’s executive compensation,
ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the company’s independent registered public accounting firm
for 2021,
a stockholder proposal to permit shareholder action by written consent, and
such other matters as may properly come before the meeting.
Stockholders of record at the close of business on February 22, 2021, are entitled to vote at the annual meeting.
We urge you to vote your shares as promptly as possible by (1) accessing the voting website, (2) calling the toll-free
number or (3) signing, dating and mailing the enclosed proxy.
Sincerely,
Dallas, Texas
March 9, 2021
Cynthia Hoff Trochu
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Voting procedures, quorum and attendance requirements .................................................................................................
Election of directors ..........................................................................................................................................................
Director nominees, qualifications and experience ........................................................................................................
Director nomination process .........................................................................................................................................
Communications with the board ...................................................................................................................................
Corporate governance ...................................................................................................................................................
Annual meeting attendance ...........................................................................................................................................
Director independence ..................................................................................................................................................
Board organization ............................................................................................................................................................
Board and committee meetings .....................................................................................................................................
Committees of the board ...............................................................................................................................................
Board evaluation process ..............................................................................................................................................
Board leadership structure ............................................................................................................................................
Risk oversight by the board ..........................................................................................................................................
Board oversight of environmental, social, and governance (ESG) matters ..................................................................
Director compensation .......................................................................................................................................................
Executive compensation ....................................................................................................................................................
Proposal regarding advisory approval of the company’s executive compensation .......................................................
Compensation discussion and analysis .........................................................................................................................
Executive summary ..................................................................................................................................................
Detailed discussion ..................................................................................................................................................
Compensation philosophy and elements .............................................................................................................
Comparator group ...............................................................................................................................................
Analysis of compensation determinations ...........................................................................................................
Equity dilution .....................................................................................................................................................
Process for equity grants .....................................................................................................................................
Recoupment policy ..............................................................................................................................................
Most recent stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation ...................................................................
Benefits ...............................................................................................................................................................
Compensation following employment termination or change in control ............................................................
Stock ownership guidelines and policy against hedging .....................................................................................
Consideration of tax and accounting treatment of compensation .......................................................................
Compensation Committee report ..................................................................................................................................
2020 summary compensation table ...............................................................................................................................
Grants of plan-based awards in 2020 ...........................................................................................................................
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 .....................................................................................................
2020 option exercises and stock vested ........................................................................................................................
2020 pension benefits ...................................................................................................................................................
2020 non-qualified deferred compensation ..................................................................................................................
Potential payments upon termination or change in control ..........................................................................................
Pay ratio ........................................................................................................................................................................
Audit Committee report .....................................................................................................................................................
Proposal to ratify appointment of independent registered public accounting firm ............................................................
Stockholder proposal ........................................................................................................................................................
Additional information ......................................................................................................................................................
Voting securities ...........................................................................................................................................................
Security ownership of certain beneficial owners ..........................................................................................................
Security ownership of directors and management ........................................................................................................
Related person transactions ..........................................................................................................................................
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation ....................................................................................
Cost of solicitation ........................................................................................................................................................
Stockholder proposals and nominations for 2022 .........................................................................................................
Benefit plan voting .......................................................................................................................................................
Telephone and internet voting ......................................................................................................................................
Stockholders sharing the same address .........................................................................................................................
Electronic delivery of proxy materials and copies of our Form 10-K ..........................................................................
Notice regarding forward-looking statements ...................................................................................................................
Appendix A (Non-GAAP reconciliations) .......................................................................................................................
3
5
5
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
13
15
15
16
17
17
19
19
20
20
21
21
23
24
29
29
29
30
30
31
31
31
31
32
33
34
36
36
38
40
43
44
44
45
47
47
47
48
49
51
51
51
51
52
52
52
53
A-1
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 2
PROXY STATEMENT – MARCH 9, 2021
EXECUTIVE OFFICES
12500 TI BOULEVARD, DALLAS, TX 75243
MAILING ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 660199, DALLAS, TX 75266-0199
Voting procedures, quorum and attendance requirements
TI’s board of directors requests your proxy for the annual meeting of stockholders on April 22, 2021. If you sign and return the
enclosed proxy, or vote by telephone or on the internet, you authorize the persons named in the proxy to represent you and
vote your shares for the purposes mentioned in the notice of annual meeting. This proxy statement and related proxy are being
distributed on or about March 9, 2021. If you attend the meeting, you can vote during the meeting. If you do not attend the
meeting, your shares can be voted only if you have returned a properly signed proxy or followed the telephone or internet
voting instructions, which can be found on the enclosed proxy. If you sign and return your proxy but do not give voting
instructions, the shares represented by that proxy will be voted as recommended by the board of directors. You can revoke your
authorization at any time before the shares are voted at the meeting.
A quorum of stockholders is necessary to hold a valid meeting. If at least a majority of the shares of TI common stock issued
and outstanding and entitled to vote are present in person or by proxy, a quorum will exist. Abstentions and broker non-votes
are counted as present for purposes of establishing a quorum. Broker non-votes occur when a beneficial owner who holds
company stock through a broker does not provide the broker with voting instructions as to any matter on which the broker is
not permitted to exercise its discretion and vote without specific instruction.
Shown below is a list of the matters to be considered at the meeting (each of which is discussed elsewhere in this proxy
statement), and the vote required for election or approval, as the case may be.
Matter
Required Vote for Election or Approval
Impact of Abstentions or Broker Non-Votes
Election of directors.
Majority of votes present in person
or by proxy at the meeting and
entitled to be cast in the election
with respect to a nominee must be
cast for that nominee.
Abstentions have the same effect as votes
against. Broker non-votes are not counted as
votes for or against.
Advisory vote to approve
named executive officer
compensation.
Majority of votes present in person
or by proxy at the meeting must be
cast for the proposal.
Abstentions and broker non-votes have the
same effect as votes against.
Proposal to ratify appointment
of independent registered
public accounting firm.
Majority of votes present in person
or by proxy at the meeting must be
cast for the proposal.
Stockholder proposal to permit
shareholder action by written
consent.
Majority of votes present in person
or by proxy at the meeting must be
cast for the proposal.
Abstentions have the same effect as votes
against. (Brokers are permitted to exercise
their discretion and vote without specific
instruction on this matter. Accordingly,
there are no broker non-votes.)
Abstentions and broker non-votes have the
same effect as votes against.
Any other matter that may
properly be submitted at the
meeting.
Majority of votes present in person
or by proxy at the meeting must be
cast for the proposal.
Abstentions and broker non-votes have the
same effect as votes against.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 3
Attendance and instructions for the virtual annual meeting
Attendance at the virtual meeting is limited to stockholders or their legal proxy holders.
Due the continuation of the Covid-19 pandemic, to safeguard the well-being of our stockholders, directors and
employees, we are once again holding a virtual annual meeting. To participate in the virtual meeting, visit
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/TXN2021 and enter the 16-digit control number included on your notice of internet
availability of the proxy materials, on your proxy or voting instruction card, or on the instructions that accompanied
your proxy materials. You may log in to the meeting platform beginning at 8:15 a.m. Central time on April 22, 2021.
The meeting will begin promptly at 8:30 a.m. Central time on April 22, 2021.
The virtual meeting platform is supported across browsers (Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome and Safari) and devices
(desktops, laptops, tablets and cell phones) running the most updated version of applicable software and plugins.
The meeting platform will provide an opportunity for shareholders to vote during the meeting and ask questions related to
the business of the meeting by submitting a question into the “Ask a Question” field. Questions related to the business of the
meeting will be answered during the meeting, subject to time constraints, and those that are not able to be answered during
the meeting will be answered on www.ti.com/ir after the meeting. Similar questions will be aggregated and answered
together either during or after the meeting. Questions regarding personal matters or matters not relevant to the business of
the meeting will not be answered. Details regarding attendance logistics, including the meeting rules of conduct and the
stockholder list, will be available on www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/TXN2021 closer to the meeting date.
If you encounter any technical difficulties with the virtual meeting platform on the meeting day, please call 844-986-0822
(Toll Free) or 303-562-9302 (International Toll). Technical support will be available starting at 8:15 a.m. Central time
on April 22, 2021, and will remain available until thirty minutes after the meeting has finished.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 4
Election of directors
Directors are elected at the annual meeting to hold office until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected
and qualified. The board of directors has designated the following persons as nominees: Mark A. Blinn, Todd M. Bluedorn,
Janet F. Clark, Carrie S. Cox, Martin S. Craighead, Jean M. Hobby, Michael D. Hsu, Ronald Kirk, Pamela H. Patsley,
Robert E. Sanchez and Richard K. Templeton.
If you return a proxy that is not otherwise marked, your shares will be voted FOR each of the nominees.
Director nominees, qualifications and experience
All of the nominees for directorship are directors of the company. If any nominee becomes unable to serve before the meeting,
the persons named as proxies may vote for a substitute or the number of directors will be reduced accordingly.
Summary
This table provides a summary view of the qualifications, experience and demographics of each director nominee as of the
proxy statement filing date.
n
r
o
d
e
u
l
B
.
M
d
d
o
T
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
n
n
i
l
B
.
A
k
r
a
M
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
x
o
C
.
S
e
i
r
r
a
C
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
k
r
a
l
C
.
F
t
e
n
a
J
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
d
a
e
h
g
i
a
r
C
.
S
n
i
t
r
a
M
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
u
s
H
.
D
l
e
a
h
c
i
M
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
k
r
i
K
d
l
a
n
o
R
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
y
b
b
o
H
.
M
n
a
e
J
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
y
e
l
s
t
a
P
.
H
a
l
e
m
a
P
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
z
e
h
c
n
a
S
.
E
t
r
e
b
o
R
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
n
o
t
e
l
p
m
e
T
.
K
d
r
a
h
c
i
R
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
(cid:404)
Qualifications and experience
Independence ...................................................................
Multinational experience .................................................
Executive leadership (public or private) ..........................
Technology, research and development...........................
Manufacturing .................................................................
End market knowledge ....................................................
Regulatory, public policy or legal ...................................
Other public board service ...............................................
Financial acumen .............................................................
Auditing/accounting ........................................................
Demographic background
4
Tenure (years) ..................................................................
Age (years) ......................................................................
57
Gender ............................................................................. M M
Race/Ethnicity * .............................................................. W W W W W W
3
17
63
61
F M
8
1
5
60
66
56
F M M
A
6
66
F
8
59
10
17
18
64
55
62
F M M
H W
B W
* A = Asian; B = Black/African American; W = White; H = Hispanic/Latino
The board prefers a mix of background and experience among its members. The board does not follow any ratio or formula
to determine the appropriate mix. Rather, it uses its judgment to identify nominees whose backgrounds, attributes and
experiences, taken as a whole, will contribute to the high standards of board service at the company. The board actively seeks
women and minority candidates for the pool from which board candidates are chosen. Maintaining a balance of tenure among
the directors is also part of the board’s consideration. Longer-serving directors bring valuable experience with the company
and familiarity with the strategic and operational challenges it has faced over the years, while newer directors bring fresh
perspectives and ideas. To help maintain this balance, the company has a mandatory retirement policy, pursuant to which
directors cannot stand for election after reaching age 70. The effectiveness of the board’s approach to board composition
decisions is evidenced by the directors’ participation in the insightful and robust, yet respectful, deliberation that occurs at
board and committee meetings, and in shaping the agendas for those meetings.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 5
Nominee criteria
In evaluating prospective nominees and as stated in our corporate governance guidelines, the Governance and Stockholder
Relations (GSR) Committee considers the following criteria:
• Outstanding achievement in the individual’s personal career.
• Relevant commercial expertise.
International operations experience.
•
•
Financial acumen.
• Government experience.
Standards of integrity and soundness of judgment.
•
• Ability to make independent, analytical inquiries.
• Ability to represent the total corporate interests of TI (a director will not be selected to, nor be expected to, represent
the interests of any particular group).
• Board diversity (viewpoints, gender, ethnicity).
• Willingness and ability to devote the time required to perform board activities adequately. Directors should not serve
on the boards of more than four other public companies.
Nominee assessment
As it considered director nominees for the 2021 annual meeting, the board kept in mind that the most important issues it
considers typically relate to the company’s strategic direction; succession planning for senior executive positions; the
company’s financial performance; the challenges of running a large, complex enterprise, including the management of its risks;
major acquisitions and divestitures; and significant research and development (R&D) and capital investment decisions. These
issues arise in the context of the company’s operations, which primarily involve the manufacture and sale of semiconductors all
over the world into industrial, automotive, personal electronics, communications equipment and enterprise systems markets.
As described below, each of our director nominees has achieved an extremely high level of success in his or her career, whether
at multibillion dollar, multinational corporate enterprises or significant governmental organizations. In these positions, each has
been directly involved in the challenges relating to setting the strategic direction and managing the financial performance,
personnel and processes of large, complex organizations. Each has had exposure to effective leaders and has developed the
ability to judge leadership qualities. Ten of the director nominees have experience in serving on the board of directors of at
least one other major corporation, and one has served in high political office, all of which provides additional relevant
experience on which each nominee can draw.
In concluding that each nominee should serve as a director, the board relied on the specific experiences and attributes listed
below and on the direct personal knowledge, born of previous service on the board, that each of the nominees brings insight to
board deliberations as well as a willingness to ask challenging questions.
All nominees for directorship are currently directors. The board believes its current size is within the desired range as stated in
the board’s corporate governance guidelines.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 6
Director nominees
Mark Blinn
Former chief executive officer of Flowserve Corporation
Career highlights
Mr. Blinn served in various positions at
Flowserve, including as chief executive
officer and president from 2009 to 2017
and chief financial officer from 2004 to
2009. Prior to Flowserve, Mr. Blinn held
senior finance positions at several
companies, including FedEx Kinko’s
Office and Print Services, Inc. and
Centex Corporation. As an attorney, he
represented financial institutions, foreign
corporations and insurance companies.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, multinational
manufacturer operating in industrial markets
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investments
• Keen appreciation for audit and financial control
matters
Other current public company directorships
• Emerson Electric Corporation
• Kraton Corporation
• Leggett & Platt Corporation
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• Flowserve Corporation
Todd Bluedorn
Chairman and chief executive officer of Lennox International Inc.
Career highlights
At Lennox, Mr. Bluedorn has served as
chief executive officer since 2007 and
chairman of the board since 2012. Prior
to Lennox, Mr. Bluedorn served in
several senior management positions
at United Technologies Corporation
since 1995, including leading Otis
Elevator – North & South America.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, multinational
manufacturer operating in industrial markets
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investments
Other current public company directorships
• Lennox International Inc.
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• Eaton Corporation plc
Janet Clark
Former chief financial officer of Marathon Oil Corporation
Career highlights
Ms. Clark was chief financial officer and
executive vice president of Marathon Oil
Corporation from 2007 to 2013 and
senior vice president and chief financial
officer from 2004 to 2007. Prior to
Marathon, she served as chief financial
officer of Nuevo Energy Company and
Santa Fe Snyder Corporation. Ms. Clark
has served as a director of Dell Inc. and
Exterran Holdings, Inc.
Key skills and experience
• Keen appreciation for audit and financial control
matters
• Oversight of large multinational companies, including
one in the technology industry
Other current public company directorships
• EOG Resources, Inc.
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.
• Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit LLC
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 7
Carrie Cox
Former chairman and chief executive officer of Humacyte, Inc.
Career highlights
Ms. Cox was the executive chair of
Humacyte, Inc. from 2018 to 2019,
where she was also chairman and chief
executive officer from 2010 to 2018.
Prior to Humacyte, Ms. Cox held
several senior management positions in
the medical industry, including leading
the global pharmaceuticals business at
Schering-Plough Corporation and
the global prescription business at
Pharmacia Corporation.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large multinational
company operating in a regulated industry
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investments
Other current public company directorships
• Cardinal Health, Inc.
• Selecta Biosciences, Inc.
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• Array BioPharma Inc.
• Celgene Corporation
• ElectroCore, Inc.
Martin Craighead
Former chairman and chief executive officer of Baker Hughes Inc.
Career highlights
At Baker Hughes Inc., Mr. Craighead
served as chief executive officer from
2012 to 2017 and chairman of the board
from 2013 until the company merged
with GE in 2017. He then served as vice
chair of Baker Hughes, a GE company,
until 2019. Prior to leading the
company, Mr. Craighead held several
senior management roles at Baker
Hughes, including as chief operating
officer.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, multinational
company operating in industrial markets
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investments
Other current public company directorships
• Emerson Electric Corporation
• PQ Corporation
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• Baker Hughes, a GE company
• Baker Hughes Inc.
Jean Hobby
Retired partner, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Career highlights
Ms. Hobby was global strategy officer
of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2013
to 2015. Prior to that, she held several
senior management positions at the
firm, including as technology, media
and telecom sector leader and chief
financial officer.
Key skills and experience
• Extensive audit knowledge and keen appreciation for
audit, financial control and technology matters
• Management responsibility at a large, multinational
company
• Strategic planning expertise
Other current public company directorships
• Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company
•
Integer Holdings Corporation
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• CA, Inc.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 8
Michael Hsu
Chairman and chief executive officer of Kimberly-Clark Corporation
Career highlights
At Kimberly-Clark, Mr. Hsu has served
as chief executive officer since 2019
and chairman since 2020. Prior to those
roles, he was group president North
America from 2012 to 2017, then
president and chief operating officer
from 2017 to 2019. Mr. Hsu has also
held senior leadership positions at Kraft
Foods, Inc. and H.J. Heinz Company.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility at a large, multinational
manufacturer
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investment
Other current public company directorships
• Kimberly-Clark Corporation
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• None
Ron Kirk
Senior of counsel, Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
Career highlights
Mr. Kirk has been senior of counsel at
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher since 2013,
and co-chairs the international trade
practice group. He served as the U.S.
Trade Representative from 2009 to
2013, where he focused on the
development and enforcement of U.S.
intellectual property law. Mr. Kirk has
been a director of Brinker International,
Inc. and Dean Foods Company.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, complex
organization operating internationally
• Keen insight into issues bearing on global economic
activity and international trade policies
Other current public company directorships
• Macquarie Infrastructure Corporation
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• None
Pamela Patsley
Former chairman and chief executive officer of MoneyGram International, Inc.
Career highlights
At MoneyGram, Ms. Patsley was chair
and chief executive officer from 2009 to
2015, then executive chair until 2018.
Prior to that, she was senior executive
vice president at First Data Corporation
and chief executive officer of
Paymentech, Inc. She also served as
chief financial officer of First USA, Inc.
and began her career as an auditor.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, multinational
company
• Keen appreciation for audit, financial control and
technology matters
Other current public company directorships
• ACI Worldwide, Inc.
• Hilton Grand Vacations Inc.
• Keurig Dr. Pepper Inc.
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• MoneyGram International, Inc.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 9
Robert Sanchez
Chairman and chief executive officer of Ryder System, Inc.
Career highlights
Mr. Sanchez has been chairman and
executive officer of Ryder since 2013.
During his career at Ryder, Mr. Sanchez
has served as president, chief operating
officer, chief information officer and
chief financial officer. He has also had
a broad range of leadership roles in
Ryder’s business segments, including
as president of its Global Fleet
Management Solutions business.
Key skills and experience
• Management responsibility of a large, multinational
transportation and logistics company
• Responsibility for significant capital investments
• Keen appreciation for technology matters
Other current public company directorships
• Ryder System, Inc.
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• None
Rich Templeton
Chairman and chief executive officer of Texas Instruments Incorporated
Career highlights
Mr. Templeton is a 40-year veteran of
the semiconductor industry, serving
the last 26 years at a senior level at the
company. He has been the company’s
chairman since 2008, and chief
executive officer and president from
2004 to June 2018 and July 2018 to
present.
Key skills and experience
• Deep knowledge of all aspects of the company and
the semiconductor industry
• Management responsibility of the company
• Responsibility for significant capital and R&D
investments
Other current public company directorships
• None
Other public company directorships in the last five years
• None
Director nomination process
The board is responsible for approving nominees for election as directors. To assist in this task, the board has designated a
standing committee, the GSR Committee, that is responsible for reviewing and recommending nominees to the board. The GSR
Committee is comprised solely of independent directors as defined by the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq) and the
board’s corporate governance guidelines. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the GSR Committee. It can be
found on our website at www.ti.com/corporategovernance.
It is a long-standing policy of the board to consider prospective board nominees recommended by stockholders. A stockholder
who wishes to recommend a prospective board nominee for the GSR Committee’s consideration can write to the Secretary of
the GSR Committee, Texas Instruments Incorporated, P.O. Box 655936, MS 8658, Dallas, TX 75265-5936. The GSR
Committee will evaluate the stockholder’s prospective board nominee in the same manner as it evaluates other nominees.
Under the company’s by-laws, a stockholder, or a group of up to 20 stockholders, owning at least 3% of the company’s
outstanding common stock continuously for at least three years, may nominate and include in the company’s proxy materials
director nominees constituting up to the greater of two individuals or 20% of the board of directors, provided that the
stockholder(s) and the nominee(s) satisfy the requirements specified in the by-laws, which can be found on our website at
www.ti.com/corporategovernance.
The company’s by-laws also allow stockholders to nominate directors without involving the GSR Committee or including the
nominee in the company’s proxy materials. To do so, stockholders must comply with the requirements set forth in the by-laws.
Communications with the board
Stockholders and others who wish to communicate with the board, a board committee or an individual director may write to
them at: P.O. Box 655936, MS 8658, Dallas, TX 75265-5936. All communications addressed to the board, a board committee
or an individual director that are sent to this address will be shared with the addressee.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 10
Corporate governance
The board has a long-standing commitment to responsible and effective corporate governance. We annually conduct extensive
governance reviews and engage in investor outreach specific to governance, executive compensation and environmental and
social matters. The board’s corporate governance guidelines (which include the director independence standards), the charters
of each of the board’s committees, TI’s Living our Values: TI’s ambitions, values and code of conduct, our code of ethics for
our CEO and senior financial officers and our by-laws are available on our website at www.ti.com/corporategovernance.
Stockholders may request copies of these documents free of charge by writing to Texas Instruments Incorporated, P.O. Box
660199, MS 8657, Dallas, TX 75266-0199, Attn: Investor Relations.
Annual meeting attendance
It is a policy of the board to encourage directors to attend each annual meeting of stockholders. Attendance allows for direct
interaction between stockholders and board members. In 2020, all directors attended TI’s annual meeting of stockholders.
Director independence
The board has determined that each of our directors is independent except for Mr. Templeton. In connection with this
determination, information was reviewed regarding directors’ business and charitable affiliations, directors’ immediate family
members and their employers, and any transactions or arrangements between the company and such persons or entities. The
board has adopted the following standards for determining independence.
A. In no event will a director be considered independent if:
1. He or she is a current partner of or is employed by the company’s independent auditors;
2. A family member of the director is (a) a current partner of the company’s independent auditors or (b) currently
employed by the company’s independent auditors and personally works on the company’s audit;
3. Within the current or preceding three fiscal years he or she was, and remains at the time of the determination, a
partner in or a controlling shareholder, an executive officer or an employee of an organization that in the current
year or any of the past three fiscal years (a) made payments to, or received payments from, the company for
property or services, (b) extended loans to or received loans from, the company, or (c) received charitable
contributions from the company, in an amount or amounts which, in the aggregate in such fiscal year, exceeded
the greater of $200,000 or 2% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year (for purposes of this
standard, “payments” excludes payments arising solely from investments in the company’s securities and
payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs); or
4. Within the current or preceding three fiscal years a family member of the director was, and remains at the time of
the determination, a partner in or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of an organization that in the
current year or any of the past three fiscal years (a) made payments to, or received payments from, the company
for property or services, (b) extended loans to or received loans from the company, or (c) received charitable
contributions from the company, in an amount or amounts which, in the aggregate in such fiscal year, exceeded
the greater of $200,000 or 2% of the recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year (for purposes of this
standard, “payments” excludes payments arising solely from investments in the company’s securities and
payments under non-discretionary charitable contribution matching programs).
B. In no event will a director be considered independent if, within the preceding three years:
1. He or she was employed by the company (except in the capacity of interim chairman of the board, chief executive
officer or other executive officer, provided the interim employment did not last longer than one year);
2. He or she received more than $120,000 during any twelve-month period in compensation from the company
(other than (a) compensation for board or board committee service, (b) compensation received for former service
lasting no longer than one year as an interim chairman of the board, chief executive officer or other executive
officer and (c) benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan, or non-discretionary compensation);
3. A family member of the director was employed as an executive officer by the company;
4. A family member of the director received more than $120,000 during any twelve-month period in compensation
from the company (excluding compensation as a non-executive officer employee of the company);
5. He or she was (but is no longer) a partner or employee of the company’s independent auditors and worked on the
company’s audit within that time;
6. A family member of the director was (but is no longer) a partner or employee of the company’s independent
auditors and worked on the company’s audit within that time;
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 11
7. He or she was an executive officer of another entity at which any of the company’s current executive officers at
any time during the past three years served on that entity’s compensation committee; or
8. A family member of the director was an executive officer of another entity at which any of the company’s current
executive officers at any time during the past three years served on that entity’s compensation committee.
C. No member of the Audit Committee may accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory or other compensatory
fee from the company, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the board or any board committee.
Compensatory fees do not include the receipt of fixed amounts of compensation under a retirement plan (including
deferred compensation) for prior service with the company (provided that such compensation is not contingent in any
way on continued service). In addition, no member of the Audit Committee may be an affiliated person of the
company except in his or her capacity as a director.
D. With respect to service on the Compensation Committee, the board will consider all factors that it deems relevant to
determining whether a director has a relationship to the company that is material to that director’s ability to be
independent from management in connection with the duties of a Compensation Committee member, including but not
limited to:
1. The source of compensation of the director, including any consulting, advisory or compensatory fee paid by the
company to the director; and
2. Whether the director is affiliated with the company, a subsidiary of the company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of
the company.
E. For any other relationship, the determination of whether it would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent
judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities, and consequently whether the director involved is independent,
will be made by directors who satisfy the independence criteria set forth in this section.
For purposes of these independence determinations, “company” and “family member” will have the same meaning as under
Nasdaq rules.
Board organization
Board and committee meetings
During 2020, the board held eight meetings. The board has three standing committees described below. The standing
committees of the board collectively held 19 meetings in 2020. Each director attended at least 90% of the board and relevant
committee meetings combined. Overall attendance at board and committee meetings was approximately 99%.
Director
M. A. Blinn
T. M. Bluedorn
J. F. Clark
C. S. Cox
M. S. Craighead
J. M. Hobby
M. D. Hsu
R. Kirk *
P. H. Patsley
R. E. Sanchez
R. K. Templeton
* Lead director
Audit
Committee
Chair
•
•
•
Compensation
Committee
Governance and
Stockholder
Relations
Committee
•
•
Chair
•
Chair
•
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 12
Committees of the board
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is a separately designated standing committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All members of the Audit Committee are independent under Nasdaq rules and
the board’s corporate governance guidelines. From April 25, 2019, to April 22, 2020, the committee members were Mr. Blinn
(chair), Mr. Bluedorn and Ms. Hobby, with Mr. Hsu joining the committee on April 1, 2020. Since April 23, 2020, the
committee members have been Mr. Blinn (chair), Ms. Clark, Ms. Hobby and Mr. Hsu.
The Audit Committee is generally responsible for:
(cid:120) Reviewing:
o The annual report of TI’s independent registered public accounting firm related to quality control.
o TI’s annual and quarterly reports to the SEC, including the financial statements and the “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis” portion of those reports, and recommending appropriate action to the board.
o TI’s audit plans.
o Before issuance TI’s news releases regarding annual and interim financial results and discussing with
management any related earnings guidance that may be provided to analysts and rating agencies.
o Relationships between the independent registered public accounting firm and TI.
o The adequacy of TI’s internal accounting controls and other factors affecting the integrity of TI’s financial
reports, and discussing with management and with the independent registered public accounting firm.
o TI’s risk assessment and risk management policies.
o TI’s compliance and ethics program.
o A report of compliance of management and operating personnel with TI’s code of conduct, including TI’s
conflict of interest policy.
o TI’s non-employee-related insurance programs.
o Changes, if any, in major accounting policies of the company.
o Trends in accounting policy changes that are relevant to the company.
o The company’s policy regarding investments and financial derivative products.
(cid:120) Discussing TI’s audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting
firm, including a discussion with the firm regarding the matters required to be reviewed under applicable legal or
regulatory requirements.
(cid:120) Creating and periodically reviewing TI’s whistleblower policy.
(cid:120) Appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing TI’s independent registered public accounting firm.
The board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee are financially sophisticated, as the board has interpreted
such qualifications in its business judgment. In addition, the board has designated Mr. Blinn as the audit committee financial
expert as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
The Audit Committee met seven times in 2020. The Audit Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings and reports its
activities to the board. The committee also continued its long-standing practice of meeting directly with our internal audit staff
to discuss the audit plan and to allow for direct interaction between Audit Committee members and our internal auditors. See
page 44 for a report of the committee.
Compensation Committee
All members of the Compensation Committee are independent. Since April 25, 2019, the committee members have been
Ms. Patsley (chair), Ms. Cox and Mr. Craighead. The committee is responsible for:
(cid:120) Reviewing the performance of the CEO and determining his compensation.
(cid:120) Setting the compensation of the company’s other executive officers.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 13
(cid:120) Overseeing administration of employee benefit plans.
(cid:120) Making recommendations to the board regarding:
o
Institution and termination of, revisions in and actions under employee benefit plans that (i) increase benefits
only for officers of the company or disproportionately increase benefits for officers of the company more
than other employees of the company, (ii) require or permit the issuance of the company’s stock or
(iii) require board approval.
o Reservation of company stock for use as awards of grants under plans or as contributions or sales to any
trustee of any employee benefit plan.
(cid:120) Taking action as appropriate regarding the institution and termination of, revisions in and actions under employee
benefit plans that are not required to be approved by the board.
(cid:120) Appointing, setting the compensation of, overseeing and considering the independence of any compensation
consultant or other advisor.
The Compensation Committee met five times in 2020. The Compensation Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings,
reports its activities to the board, and consults with the board before setting annual executive compensation. See page 31 for a
report of the committee.
In performing its functions, the committee is supported by the company’s Human Resources organization. The committee has
the authority to retain any advisors it deems appropriate to carry out its responsibilities. The committee retained Pearl Meyer &
Partners as its compensation consultant for the 2020 compensation cycle. The committee instructed the consultant to advise it
directly on executive compensation philosophy, strategies, pay levels, decision-making processes and other matters within the
scope of the committee’s charter. Additionally, the committee instructed the consultant to assist the company’s Human
Resources organization in its support of the committee in these matters with such items as peer-group assessment, analysis
of the executive compensation market and compensation recommendations.
The Compensation Committee considers it important that its compensation consultant’s objectivity not be compromised by
other engagements with the company or its management. In support of this belief, the committee has a policy on compensation
consultants, a copy of which may be found on www.ti.com/corporategovernance. During 2020, the committee determined that
its compensation consultant was independent of the company and had no conflict of interest.
The Compensation Committee considers executive compensation in a multistep process that involves the review of market
information, performance data and possible compensation levels over several meetings leading to the annual determinations in
January. Before setting executive compensation, the committee reviews the total compensation and benefits of the executive
officers and considers the impact that their retirement, or termination under various other scenarios, would have on their
compensation and benefits.
The CEO and the senior vice president responsible for Human Resources, who is an executive officer, are regularly invited to
attend meetings of the committee. The CEO is excused from the meeting during any deliberations or vote on his compensation.
No executive officer determines his or her own compensation or the compensation of any other executive officer. As members
of the board, the members of the committee receive information concerning the performance of the company during the year
and interact with our management. The CEO gives the committee and the board an assessment of his own performance
during the year just ended. He also reviews the performance of the other executive officers with the committee and makes
recommendations regarding their compensation. The senior vice president responsible for Human Resources assists in the
preparation of and reviews the compensation recommendations made to the committee other than for her compensation.
The Compensation Committee’s charter provides that it may delegate its power, authority and rights with respect to TI’s
long-term incentive plans, employee stock purchase plan and employee benefit plans to (i) one or more committees of the
board established or delegated authority for that purpose; or (ii) employees or committees of employees except that no such
delegation may be made with respect to compensation of the company’s executive officers.
Pursuant to that authority, the Compensation Committee has delegated to a special committee established by the board the
authority to, among other things, grant a limited number of stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) under the company’s
long-term incentive plans. The sole member of the special committee is Mr. Templeton. The special committee has no authority
to grant, amend or terminate any form of compensation for TI’s executive officers. The Compensation Committee reviews all
activity of the special committee.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 14
Governance and Stockholder Relations Committee
All members of the GSR Committee are independent. From April 25, 2019, to April 22, 2020, the committee members were
Mr. Kirk (chair), Ms. Clark and Mr. Sanchez. Since April 23, 2020, the committee members have been Mr. Kirk (chair),
Mr. Bluedorn and Mr. Sanchez. The GSR Committee is generally responsible for:
(cid:120) Making recommendations to the board regarding:
o The development and revision of our corporate governance principles.
o The size, composition and functioning of the board and board committees.
o Candidates to fill board positions.
o Nominees to be designated for election as directors.
o Compensation of board members.
o Organization and responsibilities of board committees.
o Succession planning by the company.
o
o Election of executive officers of the company.
o Topics affecting the relationship between the company and stockholders.
o Public issues likely to affect the company.
o Responses to proposals submitted by stockholders.
Issues of potential conflicts of interest involving a board member raised under TI’s conflict of interest policy.
(cid:120) Reviewing:
o Contribution policies of the company and the TI Foundation.
o Scope of activities of the company’s political action committee.
o Revisions to TI’s code of conduct.
(cid:120) Electing officers of the company other than the executive officers.
(cid:120) Overseeing an annual evaluation of the board and the committee.
The GSR Committee met seven times in 2020. The GSR Committee holds regularly scheduled meetings and reports its
activities to the board. See “Director nomination process” for a discussion of stockholder nominations and recommendations
and “Communications with the board” for details on how to contact the board.
Board evaluation process
The board recognizes that a robust and constructive evaluation process is an essential part of good corporate governance and
board effectiveness. The board and committee annual evaluation processes are designed to assess board and committee
effectiveness, as well as individual director performance and contribution levels. The results of the evaluations are part of the
GSR Committee’s and the board’s consideration in connection with their review of director nominees to ensure the board
continues to operate effectively.
Annually, each of our directors completes comprehensive board and committee questionnaires. Each committee oversees its
own evaluation process, and the GSR Committee also oversees the board evaluation process. The questionnaires, and ongoing
feedback from individual directors, facilitate a candid assessment of (i) the board and committees’ oversight of risk, strategy
and operations; (ii) the board’s culture, leadership structure and mix of director skills, qualifications and experiences; and
(iii) board and committee meeting mechanics. Our directors are willing to have honest and difficult conversations as needed
during the evaluation and nomination process.
Board leadership structure
The board’s current leadership structure combines the positions of chairman and CEO and includes a lead director who presides
at executive sessions and performs the duties listed below. The board believes that this structure, combined with its other
practices (such as (a) including on each board agenda an opportunity for the independent directors to comment on and influence
the proposed strategic agenda for future meetings and (b) holding an executive session of the independent directors at each
board meeting), allows it to maintain the active engagement of independent directors and appropriate oversight of management.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 15
The lead director is elected by the independent directors annually. The independent directors have elected Mr. Kirk to serve as
lead director. The duties of the lead director are to:
(cid:120) Preside at all meetings of the board at which the chairman is not present, including executive sessions of the
independent directors;
(cid:120) Serve as liaison between the chairman and the independent directors;
(cid:120) Approve information sent to the board;
(cid:120) Approve meeting agendas for the board;
(cid:120) Approve meeting schedules to assure that there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda items; and
(cid:120)
If requested by major shareholders, ensure that he or she is available for consultation and direct communication.
In addition, the lead director has authority to call meetings of the independent directors.
The board, led by its GSR Committee, regularly reviews the board’s leadership structure. The board’s consideration is guided
by two questions: would stockholders be better served and would the board be more effective with a different structure. The
board’s views are informed by a review of the practices of other companies and insight into the preferences of top stockholders,
as gathered from face-to-face dialogue and review of published guidelines. The board also considers how board roles and
interactions would change if its leadership structure changed. The board’s goal is for each director to have an equal stake in
the board’s actions and equal accountability to the corporation and its stockholders.
The board continues to believe that there is no uniform solution for a board leadership structure. Indeed, the company has had
varying board leadership models over its history, at times separating the positions of chairman and CEO and at times
combining the two, and now utilizing a lead director.
Risk oversight by the board
It is management’s responsibility to assess and manage the various risks TI faces. It is the board’s responsibility to oversee
management in this effort. In exercising its oversight, the board has allocated some areas of focus to its committees and has
retained areas of focus for itself, as more fully described below.
Management generally views the risks TI faces as falling into the following categories: strategic, operational, financial and
compliance. The board as a whole has oversight responsibility for the company’s strategic and operational risks (e.g., major
initiatives, competitive markets and products, sales and marketing, R&D and cybersecurity). Throughout the year the CEO
discusses these risks with the board. Additionally, at least once each year, the company’s chief information officer provides
information on the cybersecurity risks and the company’s approach to protecting the company’s data and systems infrastructure
with the board. In the event of a material cybersecurity event, management would notify the board and, in compliance with our
procedures, determine the timing and extent of the response and public disclosure, and whether any future vulnerabilities
are expected.
TI’s Audit Committee has oversight responsibility for financial risk (such as accounting, finance, internal controls and tax
strategy). Oversight responsibility for compliance risk is shared by the board committees. For example, the Audit Committee
oversees compliance with the company’s code of conduct and finance- and accounting-related laws and policies, as well as the
company’s compliance program itself; the Compensation Committee oversees compliance with the company’s executive
compensation plans and related laws and policies; and the GSR Committee oversees compliance with governance-related laws
and policies, including the company’s corporate governance guidelines.
The Audit Committee oversees the company’s approach to risk management as a whole. The company’s CFO reviews the
company’s risk management process with the Audit Committee at least annually. In addition, the company’s chief information
officer reviews the company’s information technology systems with the Audit Committee periodically and includes a
discussion of key cybersecurity risks as appropriate.
The board’s leadership structure is consistent with the board and committees’ roles in risk oversight. As discussed above, the
board has found that its current structure and practices are effective in fully engaging the independent directors. Allocating
various aspects of risk oversight among the committees provides for similar engagement. Having the chairman and CEO review
strategic and operational risks with the board ensures that the director most knowledgeable about the company, the industry in
which it operates and the competition and other challenges it faces shares those insights with the board, providing for a
thorough and efficient process.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 16
Board oversight of environmental, social, and governance (ESG) matters
Management implements ESG-related policies and practices under the board’s oversight, including by (1) establishing broad
policies for guidance of the organization, such as those contained in the document Living our Values: TI’s ambitions, values
and code of conduct, which was approved by the board; (2) implementing those policies by delegation of authority and
assigning responsibility to board committees, the Chief Executive Officer, and other officers or employees as appropriate; and
(3) monitoring and evaluating performance to assure that the stated policies are being followed.
Where ESG-related issues may have significance for TI, these matters are reviewed in the relevant committee. We believe this
approach ensures that ESG issues are overseen by the Committee with the appropriate focus. For example, climate-related
issues are reviewed with the Audit Committee by the worldwide environmental, safety and health director. The GSR
Committee also oversees ESG matters in connection with its responsibility to review public issues of interest to company
stakeholders. Management also provides updates to the GSR Committee at least annually on shareholder policies and proposals
regarding ESG matters that are relevant to the company.
Director compensation
The GSR Committee has responsibility for reviewing and making recommendations to the board on compensation for non-
employee directors, with the board making the final determination. The committee has no authority to delegate its responsibility
regarding director compensation. In carrying out this responsibility, it is supported by TI’s Human Resources organization. The
CEO, the senior vice president responsible for Human Resources and the Secretary review the recommendations made to the
committee. The CEO also votes, as a member of the board, on the compensation of non-employee directors.
The compensation arrangements in 2020 for the non-employee directors were:
(cid:120) Annual retainer of $110,000 for board and committee service.
(cid:120) Additional annual retainer of $35,000 for service as the lead director.
(cid:120) Additional annual retainer of $30,000 for service as chair of the Audit Committee; $20,000 for service as chair of the
Compensation Committee; and $20,000 for service as chair of the GSR Committee.
(cid:120) Annual grant of a 10-year option to purchase TI common stock pursuant to the terms of the Texas Instruments 2018
Director Compensation Plan (Director Plan), which was approved by stockholders in April 2018. The grant date value
is approximately $100,000, determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model (subject to the board’s ability to
adjust the grant downward). These non-qualified options become exercisable in four equal annual installments
beginning on the first anniversary of the grant and also will become fully exercisable in the event of termination of
service following a change in control (as defined in the Director Plan) of TI. If a director’s service terminates due to
death, disability or ineligibility to stand for re-election under the company’s by-laws, or after the director has
completed eight years of service, then all outstanding options held by the director shall continue to become exercisable
in accordance with their terms. If a director’s service terminates for any other reason, all outstanding options held by
the director shall be exercisable for 30 days after the date of termination, but only to the extent such options were
exercisable on the date of termination.
(cid:120) Annual grant of restricted stock units pursuant to the Director Plan with a grant date value of $100,000 (subject to the
board’s ability to adjust the grant downward). The restricted stock units vest on the fourth anniversary of their date of
grant and upon a change in control as defined in the Director Plan. If a director is not a member of the board on the
fourth anniversary of the grant, restricted stock units will nonetheless settle (i.e., the shares will issue) on such
anniversary date if the director has completed eight years of service prior to termination or the director’s termination
was due to death, disability or ineligibility to stand for re-election under the company’s by-laws. The director may
defer settlement of the restricted stock units at his or her election. Upon settlement, the director will receive one share
of TI common stock for each restricted stock unit. Dividend equivalents are paid on the restricted stock units at the
same rate as dividends on TI common stock. The director may defer receipt of dividend equivalents.
$1,000 per day compensation for other activities designated by the chairman.
(cid:120)
(cid:120) A one-time grant of restricted stock units with a grant-date value of approximately $200,000 upon a director’s initial
election to the board.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 17
The board has determined that annual grants of equity compensation to non-employee directors will be timed to occur in
January when grants are made to our U.S. employees in connection with the annual compensation review process. See “Process
for equity grants” for a discussion regarding the timing of equity compensation grants.
It is against TI policy for any employee, including an executive officer, or director to engage in trading in “puts” (options to sell
at a fixed price), “calls” (similar options to buy) or other options or hedging techniques on TI stock specifically designed to
limit losses on TI stock or equity compensation held by the employee or director. It is also against TI policy for directors and
executive officers to pledge TI stock.
Directors are not paid a fee for meeting attendance, but we reimburse non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and
related expenses incurred in connection with attending board, committee and stockholders meetings and other designated
events. In addition, non-employee directors may travel on company aircraft to and from these meetings and other designated
events.
Under the Director Plan, some directors have chosen to defer all or part of their cash compensation. These deferred amounts are
credited to either a cash account or stock unit account. Cash accounts earn interest from TI at a rate currently based on Moody’s
Seasoned Aaa Corporate Bonds. For 2020, that rate was 3.01%. Stock unit accounts fluctuate in value with the underlying
shares of TI common stock, which will be issued after the deferral period. Dividend equivalents are paid on these stock units.
Directors may also defer settlement of the restricted stock units they receive.
We have arrangements with certain customers whereby our employees may purchase consumer products containing TI
components at discounted pricing. In addition, the TI Foundation has a matching gift program. In both cases, directors are
entitled to participate on the same terms and conditions available to employees.
Non-employee directors are not eligible to participate in any TI-sponsored pension plan.
2020 director compensation
The following table shows the compensation of all persons who were non-employee members of the board during 2020 for
services in all capacities to TI in 2020.
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Name
Cash ($) (2)
M. A. Blinn .......... $ 140,000
T. M. Bluedorn .... $ 110,000
J. F. Clark ............ $ 110,000
C. S. Cox ............. $ 110,000
M. S. Craighead ... $ 110,000
J. M. Hobby ......... $ 110,000
M. D. Hsu (1) ...... $ 82,500
R. Kirk ................. $ 153,333
P. H. Patsley ........ $ 141,667
R. E. Sanchez ....... $ 110,000
Stock
Awards
($) (3)
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 199,981
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
$ 99,978
Option
Awards
($) (4)
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
—
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
$ 100,000
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Change in
Pension
Value and
Non-qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings (5)
—
—
—
$ 2,608
—
—
—
—
—
—
All Other
Compensation
($) (6)
$ 40
$ 40
$ 30,040
$ 25,040
$ 27,540
$ 12,540
$ 40
$ 25,040
$ 30,040
$ 30,040
Total ($)
$ 340,018
$ 310,018
$ 340,018
$ 337,626
$ 337,518
$ 322,518
$ 282,521
$ 378,351
$ 371,685
$ 340,018
(1) Mr. Hsu was elected to the board effective April 1, 2020.
(2)
(3)
Includes amounts deferred at the director’s election.
Shown is the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted in 2020 calculated in accordance with
Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification™ Topic 718, Compensation-Stock
Compensation (ASC 718). The assumptions used for purposes of calculating the grant date fair value are described in
Note 3 to the financial statements contained in Item 8 (“Note 3 to the 2020 financial statements”) in TI’s annual report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. Each restricted stock unit represents the right to receive one share
of TI common stock. For restricted stock units granted prior to 2007, shares are issued at the time of mandatory
retirement from the board (age 70) or upon the earlier of termination of service from the board after completing eight
years of service or death or disability. For information regarding share issuances under restricted stock units granted
after 2006, see the discussion on page 35.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 18
The table below shows the aggregate number of shares underlying outstanding restricted stock units held by the named
individuals as of December 31, 2020.
Name
M. A. Blinn ...........................................................................................................................
T. M. Bluedorn ......................................................................................................................
J. F. Clark ..............................................................................................................................
C. S. Cox ...............................................................................................................................
M. S. Craighead ....................................................................................................................
J. M. Hobby ..........................................................................................................................
M. D. Hsu .............................................................................................................................
R. Kirk ..................................................................................................................................
P. H. Patsley ..........................................................................................................................
R. E. Sanchez ........................................................................................................................
Restricted Stock Units
(in Shares)
11,901
4,630
7,780
30,926
3,723
3,891
2,064
3,891
5,891
7,633
(4) Shown is the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted in 2020 calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The
discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of calculating the grant date fair value appears in Note 3 to the 2020
financial statements. The terms of these options are as set forth on page 35. The table below shows the aggregate number
of shares underlying outstanding stock options held by the named individuals as of December 31, 2020.
Name
M. A. Blinn ...........................................................................................................................
T. M. Bluedorn ......................................................................................................................
J. F. Clark ..............................................................................................................................
C. S. Cox ...............................................................................................................................
M. S. Craighead ....................................................................................................................
J. M. Hobby ..........................................................................................................................
M. D. Hsu .............................................................................................................................
R. Kirk ..................................................................................................................................
P. H. Patsley ..........................................................................................................................
R. E. Sanchez ........................................................................................................................
Options (in Shares)
10,980
12,749
28,804
28,804
8,443
18,814
—
51,642
66,391
51,642
(5)
SEC rules require the disclosure of earnings on deferred compensation to the extent that the interest rate exceeds a
specified rate (Federal Rate), which is 120 percent of the applicable federal long-term interest rate with compounding.
Under the terms of the Director Plan, deferred compensation cash amounts earn interest at a rate based on Moody’s
Seasoned Aaa Corporate Bonds. For 2020, this interest rate exceeded the Federal Rate by 0.38 percentage points. Shown
is the amount of interest earned on the directors’ deferred compensation accounts that was in excess of the Federal Rate.
(6) Consists of (a) the annual cost ($40 per director) of premiums for travel and accident insurance policies and
(b) contributions under the TI Foundation matching gift program of $30,000 for Ms. Clark, $25,000 for Ms. Cox,
$27,500 for Mr. Craighead, $12,500 for Ms. Hobby, $25,000 for Mr. Kirk, $30,000 for Ms. Patsley, and $30,000 for
Mr. Sanchez.
Executive compensation
We are providing shareholders the opportunity to cast advisory votes on named executive officer compensation as required by
Section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act.
Proposal regarding advisory approval of the company’s executive compensation
The “named executive officers” are the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer and the four other most highly
compensated executive officers, as named in the compensation tables on pages 32-43.
We ask shareholders to approve the following resolution:
RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the company’s named executive officers, as disclosed in this proxy statement
pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s compensation disclosure rules, including the Compensation
Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative discussion on pages 20-43 of this proxy statement, is hereby
approved.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 19
We encourage shareholders to review the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section of the proxy statement, which
follows. It discusses our executive compensation policies and programs and explains the compensation decisions relating to the
named executive officers for 2020. We believe that the policies and programs serve the interests of our shareholders and that
the compensation received by the named executive officers is commensurate with the performance and strategic position of
the company.
Although the outcome of this annual vote is not binding on the company or the board, the Compensation Committee of the
board will consider it when setting future compensation for the executive officers.
The board of directors recommends a vote FOR the annual resolution approving the named executive officer
compensation for 2020, as disclosed in this proxy statement.
Compensation discussion and analysis
This section describes TI’s compensation program for executive officers. It will provide insight into the following:
(cid:120) The elements of the 2020 compensation program, why we selected them and how they relate to one another; and
(cid:120) How we determined the amount of compensation for 2020.
The executive officers of TI have the broadest job responsibilities and policy-making authority in the company. We hold
them accountable for the company’s performance and for maintaining a culture of strong ethics and compliance. Details of
compensation for our CEO, our CFO and the four other highest paid individuals who were executive officers in 2020
(collectively called the “named executive officers”) can be found in the tables following the Compensation Committee report.
Executive summary
(cid:120) TI’s compensation program is structured to pay for performance and deliver rewards that encourage
executives to think and act in both the short- and long-term interests of our shareholders. The majority of total
compensation for our executives each year comes in the form of variable cash and equity compensation.
Variable cash is tied to the short-term performance of the company, and the value of equity is tied to the long-
term performance of the company. We believe our compensation program holds our executive officers
accountable for the financial and competitive performance of TI.
(cid:120)
2020 compensation decisions for the CEO:
o Base salary was increased by 3.1 percent over 2019.
o The grant date fair value of equity compensation awarded in 2020 was unchanged from 2019.
o The bonus decision was based primarily on the following performance results in 2020:
2020 Absolute Performance
2020 Relative Performance *
Revenue growth: Total TI
Profit from Operations as a % of Revenue (PFO%)
Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
0.5%
40.8%
31.7%
Below median
Above median
Below median
Year-on-Year Change in CEO Bonus
(2020 bonus compared with 2019)
5% change
* Relative to semiconductor competitors as outlined under “Comparator group;” includes estimates and projections
of certain competitors’ financial results. See “Analysis of compensation determinations – Bonus – Assessment of
2020 performance” for details of the Compensation Committee’s assessment of TI’s performance. (It is important
to note that the median growth rate of competitor companies includes the benefit of acquisitions, whereas TI’s
growth rate is entirely organic.)
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 20
(cid:120) Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage executive officers to pursue strategies that serve the
interests of the company and shareholders, and not to promote excessive risk-taking by our executives. It is built on a
foundation of sound corporate governance and includes:
o Executive officers do not have employment contracts and are not guaranteed salary increases, bonus amounts or
awards of equity compensation.
o We have never repriced stock options. We do not grant reload options. We grant equity compensation with
double-trigger change-in-control terms, which accelerate the vesting of grants only if the grantee has been
terminated involuntarily within a limited time after a change in control of the company.
o Bonus and equity compensation awards are subject to claw back as described under “Recoupment policy” below.
o We do not provide excessive perquisites. We provide no tax gross-ups for perquisites.
o We do not guarantee a return or provide above-market returns on compensation that has been deferred.
o Pension benefits are calculated on salary and bonus only; the proceeds earned on equity or other performance
awards are not part of the pension calculation.
Detailed discussion
Compensation philosophy and elements
For years, we have run our business and invested in our people and communities with three overarching ambitions in mind.
First, we will act like owners who will own the company for decades. Second, we will adapt and succeed in a world that is ever
changing. And third, we will be a company that we are personally proud to be a part of and that we would want as our
neighbor. When we are successful in achieving these ambitions, our employees, customers, communities and shareholders all
win. Central to our ambitions, which are the foundation of our approach to environmental, social, and governance (ESG) and
sustainability, is a belief that in order for all stakeholders to benefit, the company must grow stronger over the long term. Our
compensation program is structured with these ambitions in mind.
The Compensation Committee of TI’s board of directors is responsible for setting the compensation of all TI executive officers.
The committee consults with the other independent directors and its compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners, before
setting annual compensation for the executives. The committee chair regularly reports on committee actions at board meetings.
In assessing performance and compensation decisions, the committee does not use formulas, thresholds or multiples. Because
market conditions can quickly change in our industry, thresholds established at the beginning of a year could prove irrelevant
by year-end. The committee believes its approach, which assesses the company’s absolute and relative performance in
hindsight after year-end (for the most recent one- and three-year periods), gives it the insight to most effectively and critically
judge results and encourages executives to pursue strategies that serve the long-term interests of the company and its
shareholders. It also promotes accuracy in our assessment and comparison to competition and eliminates the need for
adjustments to formulas, targets or thresholds during times of uncertain market conditions.
The primary elements of our executive compensation program are as follows:
Near-term compensation, paid in cash
Base Salary
Purpose
Strategy
Basic, least variable form of compensation, designed to provide a stable source of income.
Generally, target market median, giving appropriate consideration to job scope and tenure, to attract and retain
highly qualified executives.
Terms
Paid twice monthly.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 21
Profit Sharing
Purpose
Strategy
Broad-based program designed to emphasize that each employee contributes to the company’s profitability
and can share in it.
Pay according to a formula that is the same for all employees to focus them on a company goal, and set pay-
out potential at a level that will affect behavior. Profit sharing is paid in addition to any performance bonus
awarded for the year.
For the last 16 years, the formula has been based on company-level annual operating profit margin. The
formula was set by the TI board. The committee’s practice has been not to adjust amounts earned under the
formula.
Terms
Payable in a single cash payment shortly after the end of the performance year.
As in recent years, the formula for 2020 was:
(cid:120) Below 10% company-level annual operating profit as a percentage of revenue (“Margin”): no
profit sharing
(cid:120) At 10% Margin: profit sharing = 2% of base salary
(cid:120) At Margin above 10%: profit sharing increases by 0.5% of base salary for each percentage point
of Margin between 10% and 24%, and 1% of base salary for each percentage point of Margin
above 24%. The maximum profit sharing is 20% of base salary.
In 2020, TI delivered Margin of 40.8%. As a result, all eligible employees, including executive officers,
received profit sharing of 20% of base salary.
Performance Bonus
Purpose
To motivate executives and reward them according to the company’s relative and absolute performance and
the executive’s individual performance.
Strategy
Determined primarily on the basis of one-year and three-year company performance on certain measures
(revenue growth percent, operating margin and total shareholder return1) as compared with competitors and
on our strategic progress in key markets and with customers. These factors have been chosen to reflect our
near-term financial performance as well as our progress in building long-term shareholder value.
The committee aims to pay total cash compensation (base salary, profit sharing and bonus) appropriately
above median if company performance is above that of competitors, and pay total cash compensation
appropriately below the median if company performance is below competitors.
The committee does not rely on formulas or performance targets or thresholds. Instead, it uses its judgment
based on its assessment of the factors described above.
Terms
Determined by the committee and paid in a single payment after the performance year.
Long-term compensation, awarded in equity
Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units
Purpose
Alignment with shareholders; long-term focus; balance retention, particularly with respect to restricted stock
units, and performance.
Strategy
Terms
We grant a combination of nonqualified stock options and restricted stock units, generally targeted at the
median level of equity compensation awarded to executives in similar positions within the Comparator
Group. The committee does not rely on formulas or performance targets or thresholds.
The terms and conditions of stock options and restricted stock units are summarized under “Outstanding
equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020.” The committee’s grant procedures are described under “Process for
equity grants.”
1 Total shareholder return refers to the percentage change in the value of a shareholder’s investment in a company over the
relevant time period, as determined by dividends paid and the change in the company’s share price during the period. See notes
to the performance summary table under “Analysis of compensation determinations – Bonus.”
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 22
Comparator group
The Compensation Committee considers the market level of compensation when setting the salary, bonuses and equity
compensation of the executive officers. To estimate the market level of pay, the committee uses information provided by its
compensation consultant and TI’s Compensation and Benefits organization about compensation paid to executives in similar
positions at a peer group of companies (the “Comparator Group”).
The committee sets the Comparator Group and reviews it annually. In general, the Comparator Group companies (i) are U.S.-
based, (ii) engage in the semiconductor business, other electronics or information technology activities or use sophisticated
manufacturing processes, (iii) have executive positions comparable in complexity to those of TI and (iv) use forms of executive
compensation comparable to TI’s.
Shown in the table below is the Comparator Group used for the compensation decisions for 2020.
3M Company
Accenture plc
Analog Devices, Inc.
Applied Materials, Inc.
Broadcom Inc.
Cisco Systems, Inc.
Corning Incorporated
DXC Technology Company
Emerson Electric Co.
Honeywell International Inc.
Intel Corporation
Medtronic Public Limited Company
Motorola Solutions, Inc.
Nvidia Corporation
QUALCOMM Incorporated
TE Connectivity Ltd.
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.
Western Digital Corporation
The committee set the Comparator Group in July 2019 for the base salary and equity compensation decisions it made in 2020.
For a discussion of the factors considered by the committee in setting the Comparator Group in July 2019, please see
“Comparator group” on pages 22-23 of the company’s 2020 proxy statement.
In July 2020, the committee conducted its regular review of the Comparator Group in terms of industry, revenue and market
capitalization. With the advice of its compensation consultant, the committee decided to make no change to the group.
Accordingly, the committee used the same Comparator Group for the bonus decisions in January 2021 relating to 2020
performance as it used to set salary and equity compensation in January 2020. The table below compares the Comparator
Group to TI in terms of revenue and market capitalization.
Company
Intel Corporation .............................................................................
Cisco Systems, Inc. .........................................................................
Accenture plc ...................................................................................
Honeywell International Inc. ...........................................................
3M Company ...................................................................................
Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. ..........................................................
Medtronic Public Limited Company ...............................................
Broadcom Inc. .................................................................................
QUALCOMM Incorporated ............................................................
DXC Technology Company ............................................................
Applied Materials, Inc. ....................................................................
Emerson Electric Co. .......................................................................
Western Digital Corporation ...........................................................
Nvidia Corporation ..........................................................................
TE Connectivity Ltd. .......................................................................
Corning Incorporated .......................................................................
Motorola Solutions, Inc. ..................................................................
Analog Devices, Inc. .......................................................................
Revenue ($ Billion) *
78.1
48.1
44.7
33.2
31.7
28.5
27.9
23.9
21.7
18.9
17.2
16.8
16.6
14.8
12.2
10.8
7.5
5.6
Market Cap ($ Billion) *
204.2
189.1
172.8
149.2
100.8
184.6
157.7
178.1
172.3
6.6
78.8
48.1
16.9
323.2
40.0
27.5
28.8
54.6
Median .............................................................................................
Texas Instruments Incorporated ......................................................
20.3
13.7
125.0
150.7
* Trailing four-quarter revenue and market capitalization is as reported by Thomson Reuters on January 4, 2021.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 23
Analysis of compensation determinations
Total compensation
Before finalizing the compensation of the executive officers, the committee reviewed all elements of compensation. The
information included total cash compensation (salary, profit sharing and projected bonus), the grant date fair value of equity
compensation, the impact (if any) that proposed compensation would have on other compensation elements, and a summary of
benefits that the executives would receive under various termination scenarios. The review enabled the committee to see how
various compensation elements relate to one another and what impact its decisions would have on the total earnings opportunity
of the executives. In assessing the information, the committee did not target a specific level of total compensation or use a
formula to allocate compensation among the various elements. Instead, it used its judgment in assessing whether the total was
consistent with the objectives of the program. Based on this review, the committee determined that the level of compensation
was appropriate.
Base salary
The committee set the 2020 rate of base salary for the following named executive officers as follows:
Officer
R. K. Templeton ....................................................................................
R. R. Lizardi ..........................................................................................
H. Ilan ....................................................................................................
K. Flessner .............................................................................................
H. Kozanian ...........................................................................................
N. Anderskouv ** ..................................................................................
2020 Annual Rate
$ 1,340,000
$ 700,000
$ 850,000
$ 660,000
$ 600,000
$ 740,000
Change from 2019 Annual Rate
3.1%
6.1%
18.9% *
10.0%
14.3%
3.5%
* 2020 annual rate for Mr. Ilan includes salary increase approved in August 2020, when Mr. Ilan assumed new responsibilities.
** Mr. Anderskouv was no longer an executive officer effective October 15, 2020.
For each of these executive officers other than Mr. Ilan, the committee set the 2020 base-salary rate listed above in January
2020. In keeping with its strategy, the committee targeted the annual base-salary rates to be at the estimated median level of
salaries expected to be paid to similarly situated executives (considering job scope and tenure) of companies within the
Comparator Group in January 2020.
The salary differences between the named executive officers were driven primarily by the market rate of pay (considering job
scope and tenure) for each officer and not the application of a formula designed to maintain a differential between the officers.
Equity compensation
In 2020, the committee awarded equity compensation to each of the named executive officers listed below. The grants are
shown in the table under “Grants of plan-based awards in 2020.” The grant date fair value of the awards is reflected in that table
and in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns of the 2020 summary compensation table. The table below is
provided to assist the reader in comparing the grant date fair values and number of shares for each of the years shown in the
summary compensation table.
Officer
R. K. Templeton ...............................................
R. R. Lizardi .....................................................
H. Ilan ..............................................................
Year
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
K. Flessner .......................................................
2020
H. Kozanian .....................................................
2020
N. Anderskouv .................................................
2020
2019
2018
Grant Date
Fair Value *
$ 13,000,042
$ 13,000,057
$ 12,000,110
$ 3,300,044
$ 3,000,064
$ 2,400,097
$ 4,500,043
$ 3,800,062
$ 3,800,103
$ 3,600,024
$ 3,000,089
$ 3,800,133
$ 3,800,062
$ 3,800,103
Stock Options
(In Shares)
254,216
294,627
258,403
64,532
67,991
51,681
87,998
86,122
81,828
70,399
58,666
74,310
86,122
81,828
Restricted
Stock Units
(In Shares)
49,801
62,255
54,472
12,642
14,367
10,895
17,239
18,198
17,250
13,791
11,493
14,558
18,198
17,250
* See Notes 1 and 2 to the summary compensation table for information on how grant date fair value was calculated.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 24
In January 2020, the committee awarded equity compensation to each of the named executive officers listed above. The
committee’s general objective was to award to those officers equity compensation that had a grant date fair value at
approximately the median market level of the most recently disclosed equity compensation granted by the Comparator Group.
In assessing the market level, the committee considered information presented by TI’s Compensation and Benefits organization
(prepared using data provided by the committee’s compensation consultant) on the estimated value of the awards expected to
be granted to similarly situated executives (considering job scope and tenure) of companies within the Comparator Group. The
award value was estimated using the same methodology used for financial accounting.
For each officer, the committee set the desired grant value. The committee decided to allocate the value equally between
restricted stock units and options for each officer, to give equal emphasis to promoting retention and performance, motivating
the executive and aligning interests with those of shareholders.
Before approving the grants, the committee reviewed the amount of unvested equity compensation held by the officers to assess
its retention value. In making this assessment, the committee used its judgment and did not apply any formula, threshold or
maximum. This review did not result in an increase or decrease of the awards.
The exercise price of the options was the closing price of TI stock on January 24, 2020, the second trading day after the
company released its annual and fourth-quarter financial results for 2019. All grants were made under the Texas Instruments
2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which shareholders approved in April 2009 and amended in 2016.
All grants have the terms described under “Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020.” The differences in the equity
awards between the named executive officers were primarily the result of differences in the applicable estimated market level
of equity compensation for their positions, and not the application of any formula designed to maintain differentials between
the officers.
Bonus
In January 2021, the committee set the 2020 bonus compensation for executive officers based on its assessment of 2020
performance. In setting the bonuses, the committee used the following performance measures to assess the company:
(cid:120) The relative one-year and three-year performance of TI as compared with competitor companies, as measured by
revenue growth,
o
o operating profit as a percentage of revenue,
o
total shareholder return, and
(cid:120) The absolute one-year and three-year performance of TI on the above measures.
In addition, the committee considered strategic progress by reviewing company and strategic positioning, operating
performance, and revenue growth, including TI competitiveness in key markets with core products and technologies and the
strength of relationships with customers.
In the comparison of relative performance, the committee used the following companies (the “competitor companies”):
Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
Analog Devices, Inc.
Broadcom Inc.
Infineon Technologies AG
Intel Corporation
Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
Maxim Integrated Products, Inc.
Microchip Technology Incorporated
NVIDIA Corporation
NXP Semiconductors N.V.
ON Semiconductor Corporation
QUALCOMM Incorporated
Skyworks Solutions, Inc.
STMicroelectronics N.V.
Xilinx, Inc.
To the extent the companies had not released financial results for the year or the most recent quarter, the committee based its
evaluation on estimates and projections of the companies’ financial results for 2020.
This list includes both broad-based and niche suppliers that operate in our key markets or offer technology that competes
with our products. The committee considers annually whether the list is still appropriate in terms of revenue, market
capitalization and changes in business activities of the companies. The committee made no changes to the list of
competitor companies in 2020.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 25
Assessment of 2020 performance
The committee spent extensive time in December and January assessing TI’s results and strategic progress for
2020. In setting bonuses, the committee considered quantitative and qualitative measures on both an absolute
and relative basis, and the company’s strategic focus on long-term growth of free cash flow per share, and made
certain that resulting decisions were founded on both solid data and sound judgment. On an absolute basis,
revenue and operating profit margin were both positive, with operating profit being better than median relative
to competitors while revenue remained below median. TSR was also positive on an absolute basis and below
median relative to competitors. Free cash flow for the year was $5.5 billion and 38% of revenue. In aggregate,
the committee determined that the company continued to strengthen its strategic position and operating
performance, while also growing 2020 Analog revenue. Therefore, the committee targeted a bonus increase of
5 percent for 2020, except for two named executive officers who were newer to their roles and received higher
bonus increases in an effort to more closely align their total cash with the competitive market for their roles and
the company’s performance. Details on the committee’s assessment are below.
Strategic progress
(cid:120) Our primary objective is the long-term growth of free cash flow per share. To achieve this objective,
the company’s strategy is comprised of having a great business model, a disciplined approach to
capital allocation and a focus on efficiency.
(cid:120) The company’s business model is designed around four sustainable competitive advantages that in
combination put us in a unique class of companies. These advantages include (i) a strong foundation of
manufacturing and technology, (ii) a broad portfolio of analog and embedded processing products,
(iii) the reach of our market channels and (iv) diversity and longevity of our products, markets and
customer positions. In 2020, the company continued to strengthen and leverage these advantages.
(cid:120) The company’s strategic focus is on analog and embedded processing products sold into six end
markets: industrial, automotive, personal electronics, communications equipment, enterprise systems
and other. While all end markets represent good opportunities, the company places additional strategic
emphasis on designing and selling those products into the industrial and automotive markets, which we
believe represent the best growth opportunities. In 2020, the company continued the disciplined
allocation of R&D spending to strengthen its product portfolio, building on the existing foundation for
near- and long-term results.
o TI’s broad analog and embedded processing product portfolio includes tens of thousands of
products, with more products added each year, offering strong differentiation and longevity. In
2020, greater than 90 percent of TI’s revenue came from Analog and Embedded Processing
semiconductors.
o We believe the industrial and automotive markets represent the best growth opportunity for the
industry for the foreseeable future because of the increasing semiconductor content in these
markets. In 2020, approximately 57 percent of TI’s revenue came from industrial and automotive
markets.
(cid:120) TI’s revenue continues to come from a diverse base of thousands of applications. This is an intentional
strategy that prevents dependence on a single market, customer or product.
(cid:120)
In 2020, the company made progress in building closer, direct relationships with its customers to
further strengthen and extend its reach of market channels. To enable this transition, the company has
made multi-year investments in its sales and applications team, TI.com, business processes, logistics
and distribution channel changes. In 2020, the company accelerated these efforts, with the percent of
direct business growing from 37% in 2019 to 48% in 2020, including ending the year with 63% of
revenue direct in December 2020. TI’s reach of market channels provides access to more customers
and more of their design projects, leading to the opportunity to sell more TI products into each design,
and also provides better insight and knowledge of customers’ needs and design trends.
(cid:120) TI’s in-house capability to manufacture high volumes of Analog semiconductors on 300-millimeter
wafers remains a competitive advantage due to the inherent cost advantage associated with 300-
millimeter technology versus prior generation. This cost advantage is the result of more chips being
produced per wafer, thereby improving margins and cash generation. In 2020, the company began
construction of its third 300-millimeter wafer fabrication facility, located in Richardson, Texas.
(cid:120)
In total, the committee determined that TI’s strategic position was strengthened by management’s
decisions and actions in 2020.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 26
Revenue and margin
(cid:120) Annual performance
o TI’s revenue was higher in 2020 than in the prior year, increasing by 0.5 percent, and was below the
median growth rate of competitor companies. It is important to note that the median growth rate of
competitor companies includes the benefit of acquisitions, whereas TI’s growth rate is entirely organic.
o Revenues for the company’s core businesses of Analog and Embedded Processing increased
6.5 percent and declined 12.7 percent, respectively.
o Operating profit margin was 40.8 percent, which was above both the prior year’s margin and the
median comparison with competitors.
(cid:120) Three-year performance
o Compound annual revenue growth for 2018-2020 was -1.1 percent, which was below the median
competitor comparison. It is important to note that the median growth rate of competitor companies
includes the benefit of acquisitions, whereas TI’s growth rate is entirely organic.
o Average operating profit for 2018-2020 was 41.1 percent, which was above the median competitor
comparison.
Total shareholder return (TSR)
(cid:120) TSR was 31.7 percent, below the median TSR as compared with competitor companies.
(cid:120) The company again generated strong cash, with free cash flow at 38 percent of revenue.2 Approximately
109 percent of free cash flow was returned to shareholders in 2020 through share repurchases and dividends.
Share repurchases of $2.6 billion reduced outstanding shares by 1.4 percent (net of stock issuances during
the year). The quarterly dividend rate increased 13.3 percent (the 19th increase in the last 17 years). Share
repurchases and dividend increases are important elements of TI’s capital management strategy.
(cid:120) The balance sheet remained robust, ending the year with cash and short-term investments of $6.6 billion.
(cid:120) The three-year compound annual growth rate for TSR was 19.5 percent, slightly below the median
competitor comparison.
Performance summary
Revenue growth: total TI .....................................................
Operating margin .................................................................
Free cash flow as % of revenue ...........................................
% of free cash flow returned to shareholders .......................
Increase in quarterly dividend rate .......................................
Total shareholder return (TSR) ............................................
1-Year
0.5%
40.8%
38.0%
108.9%
13.3%
31.7%
3-Year
-1.1% CAGR
41.1% average
38.9% average
113.0% average
64.5%
19.5%
CAGR (compound annual growth rate) is calculated using the formula (Ending Value/Beginning
Value)1/number of years minus 1.
One-year and three-year TSR percentages are obtained from a report generated using a subscription
service to Equilar, an executive compensation and corporate governance data firm.
Before setting the bonuses for the named executive officers, the committee considered the officers’ individual
performance. The performance of Mr. Templeton was judged according to the performance of the company. For
the other officers, the committee considered the factors described below in assessing individual performance. In
making this assessment, the committee did not apply any formula or performance targets.
Mr. Lizardi is the chief financial officer. The committee noted the financial management of the company.
Mr. Ilan was responsible for our signal chain product line within our analog business until August 2020, when he
assumed responsibility for all business and sales operations, information technology, and global technology and
manufacturing operations. The committee noted the financial performance and strategic position of the product
lines and activities for which he was responsible.
2 Free cash flow was calculated by subtracting Capital expenditures from the GAAP-based Cash flows from operating
activities. For a reconciliation to GAAP, see Appendix A to this proxy statement.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 27
Mr. Flessner is responsible for our semiconductor manufacturing operations. The committee noted the
performance of those operations, including their cost-competitiveness and inventory management.
Mr. Kozanian was responsible for our high volume analog and logic product line within our analog business
until August 2020, when he assumed responsibility for our analog signal chain product line within our analog
business. The committee noted the financial performance and strategic position of these product lines.
Mr. Anderskouv was responsible for our power product line within our analog business prior to announcing his
retirement plans. The committee noted the financial performance and strategic position of this product line.
The bonuses awarded for 2020 performance are shown in the table below. The differences in the amounts
awarded to the named executive officers were primarily the result of differences in the officers’ level of
responsibility and related performance and the applicable market level of total cash compensation expected to
be paid to similarly situated officers at companies within the Comparator Group.
Results of the compensation decisions
Results of the compensation decisions made by the committee relating to the named executive officers are summarized in the
following table. This table is provided as a supplement to the summary compensation table for investors who may find it useful
to see the data presented in this form. Although the committee does not target a specific level of total compensation, it
considers information similar to that in the table to ensure that the sum of these elements is, in its judgment, in a reasonable
range.
Officer
R. K. Templeton ..................
R. R. Lizardi ........................
H. Ilan ..................................
K. Flessner ...........................
Year
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
Salary
(Annual Rate)
$ 1,340,000
$ 1,300,000
$ 1,250,000
$ 700,000
$ 660,000
$ 600,000
$ 850,000
$ 715,000
$ 675,000
Profit
Sharing
$ 267,333
$ 259,167
$ 226,250
$ 139,333
$ 131,000
$ 118,333
$ 155,833
$ 142,333
$ 133,750
Bonus
$ 3,745,000
$ 3,550,000
$ 3,800,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 950,000
$ 1,000,000
$ 1,700,000
$ 1,140,000
$ 1,200,000
Equity
Compensation
(Grant Date
Fair Value)
$ 13,000,042
$ 13,000,057
$ 12,000,110
$ 3,300,044
$ 3,000,065
$ 2,400,097
$ 4,500,043
$ 3,800,062
$ 3,800,103
Total
$ 18,352,375
$ 18,109,224
$ 17,276,360
$ 5,139,377
$ 4,741,065
$ 4,118,430
$ 7,205,876
$ 5,797,395
$ 5,808,853
$ 660,000
$ 131,000
$ 1,200,000
$ 3,600,024
$ 5,591,024
H. Kozanian .........................
2020
$ 600,000
$ 118,750
$ 1,200,000
$ 3,000,089
$ 4,918,839
N. Anderskouv .....................
2020
2019
2018
$ 740,000
$ 715,000
$ 675,000
$ 147,583
$ 142,333
$ 133,750
$ 1,200,000
$ 1,140,000
$ 1,200,000
$ 3,800,133
$ 3,800,062
$ 3,800,103
$ 5,887,716
$ 5,797,395
$ 5,808,853
This table shows the annual rate of base salary for each named executive officer. In the summary compensation table, the
“Salary” column shows the actual salary paid in the year. This table has separate columns for profit sharing and bonus. In the
summary compensation table, profit sharing and bonus are aggregated in the column for “Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation,” in accordance with SEC requirements. Please see Notes 1 and 2 to the summary compensation table for
information about how grant date fair value was calculated.
The “Total” for Mr. Lizardi for 2020 was higher than 2019 primarily due to higher equity awards in 2020, reflecting an effort to
align with the projected market range for similarly situated executives in our comparator group. The “Total” for Mr. Ilan was
higher primarily due to higher equity awards and bonus in 2020. Mr. Ilan assumed chief operating officer responsibilities in
August 2020.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 28
The compensation decisions shown above resulted in the following 2020 compensation mix for the named executive officers:
CEO
Other NEOs *
2%
20%
3%
22%
7%
71%
63%
12%
Base Salary
Equity Compensation
Profit Sharing
Bonus
* Average data for the named executive officers other than Mr. Templeton
Equity dilution
The Compensation Committee’s goal is to keep net annual dilution from equity compensation under 2 percent. “Net annual
dilution” means the number of shares under equity awards granted by the committee each year to all employees (net of award
forfeitures) as a percentage of the shares of the company’s outstanding common stock. Equity awards granted in 2020 resulted
in 0.5 percent net annual dilution.
Process for equity grants
The Compensation Committee makes grant decisions for equity compensation at its January meeting each year. The dates on
which these meetings occur are generally set three years in advance. The January meetings of the board and the committee
generally occur in the week or two before we announce our financial results for the previous quarter and year.
On occasion, the committee may grant stock options or restricted stock units to executives at times other than January. For
example, it has done so in connection with job promotions and for purposes of retention.
We do not back-date stock options or restricted stock units. We do not accelerate or delay the release of information due to
plans for making equity grants.
If the committee meeting falls in the same month as the release of the company’s financial results, the committee’s practice is
to make grants effective (i) on the second trading day after the results have been released or (ii) on the meeting day if later. In
other months, its practice is to make them effective on the day of committee action. The exercise price of stock options is the
closing price of TI stock on the effective date of the grant.
Recoupment policy
The committee has a policy concerning recoupment (“clawback”) of executive bonuses and equity compensation. Under the
policy, in the event of a material restatement of TI’s financial results due to misconduct, the committee will review the facts
and circumstances and take the actions it considers appropriate with respect to the compensation of any executive officer or
senior vice president whose fraud or willful misconduct contributed to the need for such restatement. Such action may include
(a) seeking reimbursement of any bonus paid to such officer exceeding the amount that, in the judgment of the committee,
would have been paid had the financial results been properly reported and (b) seeking to recover profits received by such
officer during the 12 months after the restated period under equity compensation awards. All determinations by the committee
with respect to this policy are final and binding on all interested parties.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 29
Most recent stockholder advisory vote on executive compensation
In April 2020, our shareholders cast an advisory vote on the company’s executive compensation decisions and policies as
disclosed in the proxy statement issued by the company in March 2020. Approximately 91 percent of the shares voted on the
matter were cast in support of the compensation decisions and policies as disclosed. The committee considered this result and
determined that it was not necessary at this time to make any material changes to the company’s compensation policies and
practices in response to the advisory vote.
Benefits
Retirement plans
The executive officers participate in our retirement plans under the same rules that apply to other U.S. employees. We maintain
these plans to have a competitive benefits program and for retention.
We have a U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plan that was closed to new participants in 1997. Then-current participants
were given the choice to continue participating in the plan, or to have their plan benefits frozen (i.e., no benefit increase
attributable to years of service or change in eligible earnings) and begin participating in an enhanced defined contribution plan.
Messrs. Templeton and Flessner chose to have their benefits frozen. The other named executive officers joined the company
after 1997 and are not eligible to participate in the defined benefit plan.
The Internal Revenue Code (IRC) imposes certain limits on the retirement benefits that may be provided under a qualified plan.
To maintain the desired level of benefits, we have non-qualified defined benefit pension plans for participants in the qualified
pension plan. Under the non-qualified plans, participants receive benefits that would ordinarily be paid under the qualified
pension plan but for the limitations under the IRC. For additional information about the defined benefit plans, please see “2020
pension benefits.”
In general, if an employee who participates in the pension plan (including an employee whose benefits are frozen as described
above) dies after having met the requirements for normal or early retirement, his or her beneficiary will receive a benefit equal
to the lump-sum amount that the participant would have received if he or she had retired before death. Having already reached
the age of 55 and at least 20 years of employment, Mr. Templeton is eligible for early retirement under the pension plans.
All employees who are not accruing benefits in the qualified pension plan are eligible to participate in a defined contribution
plan that provides employer matching contributions. All named executive officers participate or participated until their
retirement. This plan provides for (i) a fixed employer contribution plus an employer matching contribution for employees
hired on or before December 31, 2003 or (ii) an employer matching contribution for employees hired after December 31, 2003.
The committee considers the potential effect on the executives’ retirement benefits when it sets salary and performance bonus
levels.
Deferred compensation
Any U.S. employee whose base salary and management responsibility exceed a certain level may defer the receipt of a portion
of his or her salary, bonus and profit sharing. Rules of the U.S. Department of Labor require that this plan be limited to a select
group of management or highly compensated employees. The plan allows employees to defer the receipt of their compensation
in a tax-efficient manner. Eligible employees include, but are not limited to, the executive officers. We have the plan to be
competitive with the benefits packages offered by other companies.
The executive officers’ deferred compensation account balances are unsecured and all amounts remain part of the company’s
operating assets. The value of the deferred amounts tracks the performance of investment alternatives selected by the
participant. These alternatives are identical to those offered to participants in the defined contribution plans described above.
The company does not guarantee any minimum return on the amounts deferred. In accordance with SEC rules, no earnings on
deferred compensation are shown in the summary compensation table for 2020 because no “above market” rates were earned
on deferred amounts in that year.
Employee stock purchase plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan. Under the plan, which our shareholders approved, all employees in the U.S. and
certain other countries may purchase a limited number of shares of the company’s common stock at a 15 percent discount. The
plan is designed to offer the broad-based employee population an opportunity to acquire an equity interest in the company and
thereby align their interests with those of shareholders. Consistent with our general approach to benefit programs, executive
officers are also eligible to participate.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 30
Health-related benefits
Executive officers are eligible under the same plans as all other U.S. employees for medical, dental, vision, disability and life
insurance. These benefits are intended to be competitive with benefits offered in the semiconductor industry.
Other benefits
Executive officers receive only a few benefits that are not available to all other U.S. employees. They are eligible for a
company-paid physical and financial counseling. In addition, the board of directors has determined that for security reasons, it
is in the company’s interest to allow Mr. Templeton, at his option, to use company aircraft for personal air travel. Please see
Footnote 5 of the summary compensation table for 2020 and “Potential payments upon termination or change in control –
Termination – Perquisites” for further details. The company provides no tax gross-ups for perquisites to any of the executive
officers.
Compensation following employment termination or change in control
None of the executive officers has an employment contract. Executive officers are eligible for benefits on the same terms as
other U.S. employees upon termination of employment or a change in control of the company. The current programs are
described under “Potential payments upon termination or change in control.” None of the few additional benefits that the
executive officers receive continue after termination of employment, except that financial counseling is provided for a
transition period following retirement. The committee reviews the potential impact of these programs before finalizing the
annual compensation for the named executive officers. The committee did not raise or lower compensation for 2020 based on
this review.
The Texas Instruments 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan generally establishes double-trigger change-in-control terms for grants
made in 2010 and later years. Under those terms, options become fully exercisable and shares are issued under restricted stock
unit awards (to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the IRC) if the grantee is involuntarily terminated within 24 months
after a change in control of TI. These terms are intended to encourage employees to remain with the company through a
transaction while reducing employee uncertainty and distraction in the period leading up to any such event.
Stock ownership guidelines and policy against hedging
Our board of directors has established stock ownership guidelines for executive officers. The guideline for the CEO is six times
base salary and the guideline for other executive officers is three times base salary. Executive officers have five years from
their election as executive officers to reach these targets. Directly owned shares and restricted stock units count toward
satisfying the guidelines.
Short sales of TI stock by our executive officers are prohibited. It is against TI policy for any employee, including an executive
officer, to engage in trading in “puts” (options to sell at a fixed price), “calls” (similar options to buy), or other options or
hedging techniques on TI stock.
Consideration of tax and accounting treatment of compensation
Current tax law limits the tax deductibility of annual compensation paid to any publicly held corporation’s “covered
employees,” which includes all of our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee considers the impact of this
deductibility limit as one factor in its determination of compensation.
When setting equity compensation, the committee considers the cost for financial reporting purposes of equity compensation
it intends to grant. Its consideration of the cost of grants made in 2020 is discussed under “Analysis of compensation
determinations – Equity compensation.”
Compensation Committee report
The Compensation Committee of the board of directors has furnished the following report:
The committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) with the company’s
management. Based on that review and discussion, the committee has recommended to the board of directors that the CD&A be
included in the company’s annual report on Form 10-K for 2020 and the company’s proxy statement for the 2021 annual
meeting of stockholders.
Pamela H. Patsley, Chair
Carrie S. Cox
Martin S. Craighead
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 31
2020 summary compensation table
The table below shows the compensation of the CEO, the CFO and each of the other four most highly compensated individuals
who were executive officers during 2020 (collectively called the “named executive officers” (NEOs)) for services in all
capacities to the company in 2020.
Stock
Awards
Name and Principal
($) (1)
Position
Richard K. Templeton ... 2020 $1,336,667 $6,500,027 $6,500,015 $4,012,333 $199,431
$202,588
2019 $1,295,833 $6,500,045 $6,500,012 $3,809,167
Chairman, President &
Chief Executive Officer
2018 $1,131,252 $6,000,091 $6,000,019 $4,026,250 —
Option
Awards
($) (2)
Salary
($)
Year
All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
Total ($)
$508,179 $19,056,652
$326,162 $18,633,807
$418,612 $17,576,224
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($) (4)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (3)
Rafael R. Lizardi ........... 2020 $ 696,667 $1,650,034 $1,650,010 $1,139,333 —
2019 $ 655,000 $1,500,058 $1,500,006 $1,081,000 —
Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer
2018 $ 591,667 $1,200,084 $1,200,013 $1,118,333 —
$116,989
$125,671
$ 77,072
$ 5,253,033
$ 4,861,735
$ 4,187,169
Haviv Ilan ...................... 2020 $ 779,167 $2,250,034 $2,250,009 $1,855,833
Executive Vice President &
Chief Operating Officer
—
2019 $ 711,667 $1,900,053 $1,900,009 $1,282,333 —
2018 $ 668,750 $1,900,088 $1,900,015 $1,333,750 —
$ 87,458 $ 7,222,501
$ 5,862,215
$ 68,153
$ 5,854,416
$ 51,813
Kyle M. Flessner ........... 2020 $ 655,000 $1,800,001 $1,800,023 $1,331,000
Senior Vice President
$ 4,324
$107,992 $ 5,698,340
Hagop H. Kozanian ....... 2020 $ 593,750 $1,500,066 $1,500,023 $1,318,750
Senior Vice President
—
$ 47,905 $ 4,960,494
Niels Anderskouv .......... 2020 $ 737,917 $1,900,110 $1,900,023 $1,347,583 —
2019 $ 711,667 $1,900,053 $1,900,009 $1,282,333 —
Senior Vice President
2018 $ 668,750 $1,900,088 $1,900,015 $1,333,750 —
$119,075
$103,898
$ 89,458
$ 6,004,708
$ 5,897,960
$ 5,892,061
(1)
(2)
Shown is the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock unit (RSU) awards calculated in accordance with ASC
718. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of the valuation of the awards granted in 2020 appears in Note
3 to the 2020 financial statements. For a description of the grant terms, see the discussion following the outstanding
equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of the valuation of the
awards granted in 2019 and 2018 appears in Note 3 to the financial statements in TI’s annual report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2019 (2019 financial statements), and the financial statements in TI’s annual report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 (2018 financial statements).
Shown is the aggregate grant date fair value of options calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The discussion of the
assumptions used for purposes of the valuation of options granted in 2020 appears in Note 3 to the 2020 financial
statements. For a description of the grant terms, see the discussion following the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-
end 2020 table. The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of the valuation of the awards granted in 2019 and
2018 appears in Note 3 to the 2019 and 2018 financial statements.
(3) Consists of performance bonuses and profit sharing for 2020. See “Analysis of compensation determinations – Results
of the compensation decisions” for the amounts of bonus and profit sharing paid to each of the named executive officers
for 2020.
(4)
The company does not pay above-market earnings on deferred compensation. Therefore, no amounts are reported in this
column for deferred compensation. The amounts in this column represent the change in the actuarial value of the named
executive officers’ benefits under the qualified defined benefit pension plan (TI Employees Pension Plan) and the non-
qualified defined benefit pension plans (TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan and TI Employees Non-Qualified
Pension Plan II) from December 31, 2019, through December 31, 2020. This “change in the actuarial value” is the
difference between the 2019 and 2020 present value of the pension benefit accumulated as of year-end by the named
executive officer, assuming that benefit is not paid until age 65. Mr. Templeton’s and Mr. Flessner’s benefits under the
company’s pension plans were frozen as of December 31, 1997. Messrs. Lizardi, Ilan, Kozanian and Anderskouv do not
participate in any of the company’s defined benefit pension plans.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 32
(5) Consists of (i) the amounts in the table below, which result from programs available to all eligible U.S. employees, and
(ii) perquisites and personal benefits that meet the disclosure thresholds established by the SEC and are detailed in the
paragraph below.
Name
R. K. Templeton ............................................................................
R. R. Lizardi ..................................................................................
H. Ilan ............................................................................................
K. M. Flessner ...............................................................................
H. H. Kozanian ..............................................................................
N. Anderskouv ...............................................................................
401(k)
Contribution
Defined
Contribution
Retirement Plan (a)
$ 11,400
$ 11,400
$ 11,400
$ 11,400
$ 11,400
$ 11,400
$ 290,016
$ 91,537
$ 65,333
$ 82,400
$ 25,620
$ 95,249
Unused
Vacation
Time(b)
—
—
—
$ 14,192
—
$ 12,427
(a) Consists of (i) contributions under the company’s enhanced defined contribution retirement plan of $5,700 for
Messrs. Templeton, Lizardi, Flessner and Anderskouv and (ii) an additional amount of $284,316 for Mr. Templeton,
$85,837 for Mr. Lizardi, $65,333 for Mr. Ilan, $76,700 for Mr. Flessner, $25,620 for Mr. Kozanian and $89,549 for
Mr. Anderskouv, applied by TI to offset IRC limitations on amounts that could be contributed to the enhanced
defined contribution retirement plan, which amount is also shown in the 2020 non-qualified deferred compensation
table.
(b) For Messrs. Flessner and Anderskouv, represents payment for unused vacation time that could not be carried
forward.
The perquisites and personal benefits are: $206,763 for Mr. Templeton consisting of financial counseling, an executive
physical and personal use of company aircraft ($190,898), $14,052 for Mr. Lizardi and $10,725 for Mr. Ilan, consisting
of financial counseling and an executive physical, and $10,885 for Mr. Kozanian, consisting of financial counseling.
Financial counseling and an executive physical were made available to the other named executive officers, but the
amounts attributable to those officers were below the disclosure thresholds.
Grants of plan-based awards in 2020
The following table shows the grants of plan-based awards to the named executive officers in 2020.
Name
R. K. Templeton ..........
R. R. Lizardi ................
H. Ilan ..........................
K. M. Flessner .............
H. H. Kozanian ............
N. Anderskouv .............
Grant
Date
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
1/24/2020 (1)
Date of
Committee
Action
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
1/16/2020
All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or
Units (#) (2)
All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#) (3)
254,216
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh) (4)
$ 130.52
49,801
12,642
17,239
13,791
11,493
14,558
64,532
$ 130.52
87,998
$ 130.52
70,399
$ 130.52
58,666
$ 130.52
74,310
$ 130.52
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards (5)
$ 6,500,015
$ 6,500,027
$ 1,650,010
$ 1,650,034
$ 2,250,009
$ 2,250,034
$ 1,800,023
$ 1,800,001
$ 1,500,023
$ 1,500,066
$ 1,900,023
$ 1,900,110
(1)
(2)
(3)
In accordance with the grant policy of the Compensation Committee of the board (described under “Process for equity
grants”), the grants became effective on the second trading day after the company released its financial results for the
fourth-quarter and year 2019. The company released these results on January 22, 2020.
The stock awards granted to the named executive officers in 2020 were RSU awards. These awards were made under the
company’s 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. For information on the terms and conditions of these RSU awards, see the
discussion following the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table.
The options were granted under the company’s 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan. For information on the terms and
conditions of these options, see the discussion following the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 33
(4)
(5)
The exercise price of the options is the closing price of TI common stock on January 24, 2020.
Shown is the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with ASC 718 for stock and option awards in 2020.
The discussion of the assumptions used for purposes of the valuation appears in Note 3 to the 2020 financial statements.
None of the options or other equity awards granted to the named executive officers was repriced or modified by the company.
For additional information regarding TI’s equity compensation grant practices, see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020
The following table shows the outstanding equity awards for each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
R. K. Templeton ..........
R. R. Lizardi ................
H. Ilan ..........................
K. M. Flessner .............
H. H. Kozanian ............
N. Anderskouv .............
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
—
73,656
129,201
250,211
489,557
516,440
602,692
—
16,997
25,840
—
—
—
21,530
40,914
79,613
—
16,997
21,534
22,746
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
254,216 (2)
220,971 (3)
129,202 (4)
83,404 (5)
—
—
—
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
$ 130.52
$ 104.41
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
$ 52.93
$ 53.94
$ 44.09
64,532 (2)
$ 130.52
50,994 (3) $ 104.41
25,841 (4)
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
15,165 (5)
—
—
87,998 (2)
64,592 (3)
40,914 (4)
26,538 (5)
70,399 (2)
50,994 (3)
21,534 (4)
7,583 (5)
58,666 (2)
33,996 (3)
10,767 (4)
3,792 (5)
—
74,310 (2)
64,592 (3)
40,914 (4)
26,538 (5)
$ 130.52
$ 104.41
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
$ 130.52
$ 104.41
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
$ 130.52
$ 104.41
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
—
$ 130.52
$ 104.41
$ 110.15
$ 79.26
Option
Expiration
Date
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
1/29/2026
1/28/2025
1/23/2024
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
—
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
—
1/24/2030
1/25/2029
1/25/2028
1/26/2027
Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested (#)
49,801 (6)
62,255 (7)
54,472 (8)
69,392 (9)
—
—
—
12,642 (6)
14,367 (7)
10,895 (8)
12,617 (9)
12,617 (9)
17,239 (6)
18,198 (7)
17,250 (8)
22,080 (9)
13,791 (6)
14,367 (7)
9,079 (8)
6,309 (9)
11,493 (6)
9,578 (7)
4,540 (8)
3,155 (9)
9,736 (10)
14,558 (6)
18,198 (7)
17,250 (8)
22,080 (9)
Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
That Have Not
Vested
($) (1)
$ 8,173,838
$ 10,217,913
$ 8,940,489
$ 11,389,309
—
—
—
$ 2,074,931
$ 2,358,056
$ 1,788,196
$ 2,070,828
$ 2,070,828
$ 2,829,437
$ 2,986,838
$ 2,831,243
$ 3,623,990
$ 2,263,517
$ 2,358,056
$ 1,490,136
$ 1,035,496
$ 1,886,346
$ 1,572,037
$ 745,150
$ 517,830
$ 1,597,970
$ 2,389,405
$ 2,986,838
$ 2,831,243
$ 3,623,990
(1) Calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs by the closing price of TI common stock on December 31, 2020
($164.13).
(2) One-quarter of the shares became exercisable on January 24, 2021, and one-third of the remaining shares become
exercisable on each of January 24, 2022, January 24, 2023, and January 24, 2024.
(3) One-third of the shares became exercisable on January 25, 2021, and one-half of the remaining shares become
exercisable on each of January 25, 2022, and January 25, 2023.
(4) One-half of the shares became exercisable on January 25, 2021, and the remaining one-half become exercisable on
January 25, 2022.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 34
(5) Became fully exercisable on January 26, 2021.
(6) Vesting date is January 31, 2024.
(7) Vesting date is January 31, 2023.
(8) Vesting date is January 31, 2022.
(9) Vested on February 1, 2021.
(10) Vesting date is May 9, 2022.
Option awards
The “Option Awards” shown in the table above are non-qualified stock options, each of which represents the right to purchase
shares of TI common stock at the stated exercise price. The exercise price is the closing price of TI common stock on the grant
date. The term of each option is 10 years unless the option is terminated earlier pursuant to provisions summarized in the chart
below and in the paragraph following the chart. Options become exercisable in increments of 25% per year beginning on the
first anniversary of the date of the grant. The chart below shows the termination provisions relating to stock options outstanding
as of December 31, 2020. The Compensation Committee of the board of directors established these termination provisions to
promote employee retention while offering competitive terms.
Employment Termination
due to Death or
Permanent Disability
or at Least 6 Months
after Grant When
Retirement Eligible *
Continues
Employment Termination
(at Least 6 Months after Grant)
with 20 Years of Credited Service,
but Not Retirement Eligible **
Employment
Termination
for Cause
Other Circumstances
of Employment
Termination
Stops
Stops
Stops
Unexercisable portion
of option
Exercisable portion
of option
Remains exercisable
to end of term
Remains exercisable
to end of term
Terminates
Remains exercisable
for 30 days
* Retirement eligibility is defined for purposes of equity awards made after 2012 as at least age 55 with 10 or more years of
TI service or at least age 65. For awards made before 2013, the definition of normal or early retirement eligibility in the
relevant pension plan applies (see “2020 pension benefits”).
** This provision is not applicable to grants made after 2012.
Options may be cancelled if, during the two years after employment termination, the grantee competes with TI or solicits TI
employees to work for another company, or if the grantee discloses TI trade secrets. In addition, for options received while the
grantee was an executive officer, the company may reclaim (or “claw back”) profits earned under grants if the officer engages
in such conduct. These provisions are intended to strengthen retention and provide a reasonable remedy to TI in case of
competition, solicitation of our employees or disclosure of our confidential information.
Options become fully vested if the grantee is involuntarily terminated from employment with TI (other than for cause) within
24 months after a change in control of TI. “Change in control” is defined as provided in the Texas Instruments 2009 Long-
Term Incentive Plan and occurs upon (i) acquisition of more than 50% of the voting stock or at least 80% of the assets of TI or
(ii) change of a majority of the board of directors in a 12-month period unless a majority of the directors then in office endorsed
the appointment or election of the new directors (“Plan definition”). These terms are intended to reduce employee uncertainty
and distraction in the period leading up to a change in control, if such an event were to occur.
Stock awards
The “Stock Awards” column in the table of outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 are RSU awards. Each RSU
represents the right to receive one share of TI common stock on a stated date (the “vesting date”) unless the award is terminated
earlier under terms summarized below. In general, the vesting date is approximately four years after the grant date. Each RSU
includes the right to receive dividend equivalents, which are paid annually in cash at a rate equal to the amount paid to
stockholders in dividends.
The table below shows the termination provisions of RSUs outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
Employment Termination Due to Death or Permanent Disability
or at Least Six Months after Grant When Retirement Eligible
Vesting continues; shares are paid
at the scheduled vesting date
Employment Termination
For Cause
Grant cancels; no
shares are issued
Other Circumstances of
Employment Termination
Grant cancels; no
shares are issued
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 35
These termination provisions are intended to promote retention. All RSU awards contain cancellation and clawback provisions
like those described above for stock options. The terms provide that, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the IRC, the
award vests upon involuntary termination of TI employment within 24 months after a change in control. Change in control is
the Plan definition. These cancellation, clawback and change-in-control terms are intended to conform RSU terms with those of
stock options (to the extent permitted by the IRC) and to achieve the objectives described above in the discussion of stock
options.
In addition to the “Stock Awards” shown in the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table, Mr. Templeton holds
an award of RSUs that was granted in 1995. The award, for 120,000 shares of TI common stock, vested in 2000. Under the
award terms, the shares will be issued to Mr. Templeton in March of the year after his termination of employment for any
reason. These terms were designed to provide a tax benefit to the company by postponing the related compensation expense
until it was likely to be fully deductible. In accordance with SEC requirements, this award is reflected in the 2020 non-qualified
deferred compensation table.
2020 option exercises and stock vested
The following table lists the number of shares acquired and the value realized as a result of option exercises by the named
executive officers in 2020 and the value of any RSUs that vested in 2020. For option exercises, the value realized is calculated
by multiplying the number of shares acquired by the difference between the exercise price and the market price of TI common
stock on the exercise date. For RSUs, the value realized is calculated by multiplying the number of RSUs that vested by the
market price of TI common stock on the vesting date.
Name
R. K. Templeton ...........................................................
R. R. Lizardi .................................................................
H. Ilan ...........................................................................
K. M. Flessner ..............................................................
H. H. Kozanian .............................................................
N. Anderskouv ..............................................................
2020 pension benefits
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#)
525,000
22,658
31,222
102,653
25,503
120,204
Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
$ 50,940,600
$ 1,354,271
$ 2,307,337
$ 9,361,105
$ 746,259
$ 7,180,966
Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting (#)
92,576
5,668
23,617
9,447
9,447
23,617
Value Realized
on Vesting ($)
$ 11,518,306
$ 705,213
$ 2,938,427
$ 1,175,396
$ 1,175,396
$ 2,938,427
The following table shows the present value as of December 31, 2020, of the benefit of the named executive officers under our
qualified defined benefit pension plan (TI Employees Pension Plan) and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans (TI
Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan (which governs amounts earned before 2005) and TI Employees Non-Qualified
Pension Plan II (which governs amounts earned after 2004)). In accordance with SEC requirements, the amounts shown in the
table do not reflect any named executive officer’s retirement eligibility or any increase in benefits that may result from the
named executive officer’s continued employment after December 31, 2020.
Name (1)
R. K. Templeton (2)........ TI Employees Pension Plan
Plan Name
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan II
K. M. Flessner (2) .......... TI Employees Pension Plan
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan
TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan II
Number of
Years Credited
Service (#)
16 (3)
16 (3)
16 (4)
4 (3)
4 (3)
—
Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefit ($)
$ 1,020,767 (5)
$ 467,976 (5)
$ 277,402 (5)
$ 21,338 (5)
—
—
Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year ($)
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) Messrs. Lizardi, Ilan, Kozanian and Anderskouv do not participate in any of the company’s defined benefit pension
plans because they joined TI after these plans were closed to new participants.
(2)
In 1997, TI’s U.S. employees were given the choice between continuing to participate in the defined benefit pension
plans or participating in a new enhanced defined contribution retirement plan. Mr. Templeton and Mr. Flessner chose to
participate in the defined contribution plan. Accordingly, their accrued pension benefits under the qualified and non-
qualified plans were frozen (i.e., they will experience no increase attributable to years of service or change in eligible
earnings) as of December 31, 1997. Contributions to the defined contribution plan for Mr. Templeton’s and Mr.
Flessner’s benefits are included in the 2020 summary compensation table.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 36
(3) Credited service began on the date the officer became eligible to participate in the plan. Eligibility to participate
began on the earlier of 18 months of employment, or January 1 following the completion of one year of employment.
Accordingly, Mr. Templeton and Mr. Flessner have been employed by TI for longer than the years of credited service
shown in the preceding table.
(4) Credited service began on the date the named executive officer became eligible to participate in the TI Employees
Pension Plan as described in Note 3.
(5)
The assumptions and valuation methods used to calculate the present value of the accumulated pension benefits shown
are the same as those used by TI for financial reporting purposes and are described in Note 8 to the 2020 financial
statements, except that a named executive officer’s retirement is assumed (in accordance with SEC rules) for purposes of
this table to occur at age 65 and no assumption for termination prior to that date is used. The amount of the lump-sum
benefit earned as of December 31, 2020, is determined using either (i) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
(PBGC) interest assumption of 0.00% or (ii) the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) corporate bond yield interest
assumption of 2.81% for the TI Employees Pension Plan and 2.90% for the TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plans,
whichever rate produces the higher lump-sum amount. A discount rate assumption of 2.81% for the TI Employees
Pension Plan and 2.90% for the non-qualified pension plans was used to determine the present value of each lump sum.
TI Employees Pension Plan
The TI Employees Pension Plan is a qualified defined benefit pension plan. See “Benefits – Retirement plans” for a discussion
of the origin and purpose of the plan. Employees who joined the U.S. payroll after November 30, 1997, are not eligible to
participate in this plan.
Plan participants are eligible for normal retirement under the terms of the plan at 65 years of age with one year of credited
service. Participants are eligible for early retirement at 55 years of age with 20 years of employment or 60 years of age with
five years of employment. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Templeton was eligible for early retirement.
Participants may request payment of accrued benefits at termination or any time thereafter. Participants may choose a lump-
sum payment or one of six forms of annuity. In order of largest to smallest periodic payment, the forms of annuity are (i) single
life annuity, (ii) 5-year certain and life annuity, (iii) 10-year certain and life annuity, (iv) joint and 50% survivor annuity,
(v) joint and 75% survivor annuity and (vi) joint and 100% survivor annuity. Participants who do not request payment will
begin to receive benefits in April of the year after reaching the age of 72 in the form of annuity required under the IRC.
The pension formula for the qualified plan is intended to provide a participant with an annual retirement benefit equal to
1.5 percent multiplied by the product of (i) years of credited service and (ii) the average of the five highest consecutive years of
the participant’s base salary plus bonus up to a limit imposed by the IRS, less a percentage (based on the participant’s year of
birth, when the participant elects to retire and the participant’s years of service with TI) of the amount of compensation on
which the participant’s Social Security benefit is based.
If an individual takes early retirement and chooses to begin receiving an annual retirement benefit at that time, such benefit is
reduced by an early retirement factor. As a result, the annual benefit is lower than the one the participant would have received
at age 65.
Participants whose employment terminates due to disability may choose to receive their accrued benefits at any time prior to
age 65. Alternatively, the participant may choose to defer receipt of the accrued benefit until reaching age 65 and then take a
disability benefit. The disability benefit paid at age 65 is based on salary and bonus, years of credited service the participant
would have accrued to age 65 had the participant not become disabled, and disabled status.
The benefit payable in the event of death is based on salary and bonus, years of credited service and age at the time of death,
and may be in the form of a lump sum or annuity at the election of the beneficiary. The earliest date of payment is the first day
of the second calendar month following the month of death.
TI employees non-qualified pension plans
TI has two non-qualified pension plans: the TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan (Plan I), which governs amounts earned
before 2005; and the TI Employees Non-Qualified Pension Plan II (Plan II), which governs amounts earned after 2004. Each is
a non-qualified defined benefit pension plan. See “Benefits – Retirement plans” for a discussion of the purpose of the plans. As
with the qualified defined benefit pension plan, employees who joined the U.S. payroll after November 30, 1997, are not
eligible to participate in Plan I or Plan II. Eligibility for normal and early retirement under these plans is the same as under the
qualified plan (see above). Benefits are paid in a lump sum.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 37
A participant’s benefits under Plan I and Plan II are calculated using the same formula as described above for the TI Employees
Pension Plan. However, the IRS limit on the amount of compensation on which a qualified pension benefit may be calculated
does not apply. Additionally, the IRS limit on the amount of qualified benefit the participant may receive does not apply to
these plans. Once this non-qualified benefit amount has been determined using the formula described above, the individual’s
qualified benefit is subtracted from it. The resulting difference is multiplied by an age-based factor to obtain the amount of the
lump-sum benefit payable to an individual under the non-qualified plans.
Amounts under Plan I will be distributed when payment of the participant’s benefit under the qualified pension plan
commences. Amounts under Plan II will be distributed subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the IRC. Because the
named executive officers are among the 50 most highly compensated officers of the company, Section 409A of the IRC
requires that they not receive any lump-sum distribution payment under Plan II before the first day of the seventh month
following termination of employment.
If a participant terminates due to disability, amounts under Plan I will be distributed when payment of the participant’s benefit
under the qualified plan commences. For amounts under Plan II, distribution is governed by Section 409A of the IRC, and the
disability benefit is reduced to reflect the payment of the benefit prior to age 65.
In the event of death, payment under both plans is based on salary and bonus, years of credited service and age at the time of
death and will be in the form of a lump sum. The earliest date of payment is the first day of the second calendar month
following the month of death.
Balances in the plans are unsecured obligations of the company. For amounts under Plan I, in the event of a change in control,
the present value of the individual’s benefit would be paid not later than the month following the month in which the change in
control occurred. For such amounts, “change in control” is defined as (i) acquisition of 20% percent of TI common stock other
than through a transaction approved by the board of directors, or (ii) change of a majority of the board of directors in a 24-
month period unless a majority of the directors then in office have elected or nominated the new directors. For all amounts
accrued under this plan, if a sale of substantially all of the assets of the company occurred, the present value of the individual’s
benefit would be distributed in a lump sum as soon as reasonably practicable following the sale of assets. For amounts under
Plan II, no distribution of benefits is triggered by a change in control.
TI Employees Survivor Benefit Plan
TI’s qualified and non-qualified pension plans provide that upon the death of a retirement-eligible employee, the employee’s
beneficiary receives a payment equal to half of the benefit to which the employee would have been entitled under the pension
plans had the employee retired instead of died. We have a survivor benefit plan that pays the beneficiary a lump sum that, when
added to the reduced amounts the beneficiary receives under the pension plans, equals the benefit the employee would have
been entitled to receive had the employee retired instead of died. Because Mr. Templeton was eligible for early retirement as of
December 31, 2020, his beneficiaries would be eligible for benefits under the survivor benefit plan if he were to die.
2020 non-qualified deferred compensation
The following table shows contributions to each named executive officer’s deferred compensation account in 2020 and the
aggregate amount of his deferred compensation as of December 31, 2020.
Name
Executive
Contributions
in Last FY ($) (1)
R. K. Templeton ......... $ 182,100
R. R. Lizardi ............... $ 142,500
H. Ilan ......................... $ 164,358
K. M. Flessner ............ $ 52,500
H. H. Kozanian ........... $ 9,000
N. Anderskouv ............ $ 51,654
Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY ($) (2)
$ 284,316
$ 85,837
$ 65,333
$ 76,700
$ 25,620
$ 89,549
Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY ($)
$ 4,818,936 (3)
$ 54,325
$ 144,284
$ 43,981
$ 10,005
$ 191,580
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions ($)
$ 1,523,119 (4)
—
$ 83,693
$ 88,817
$ 21,250
$ 178,483
Aggregate
Balance at Last
FYE ($) (5)
$ 21,195,362 (6)
$ 898,978
$ 1,328,487
$ 358,982
$ 84,013
$ 712,523
(1) Amounts shown for Messrs. Templeton and Ilan include a portion of their salary and bonus paid in 2020; for Messrs.
Lizardi, Flessner and Kozanian include a portion of their bonus paid in 2020; and for Mr. Anderskouv include a portion
of his salary paid in 2020.
(2) Company matching contributions pursuant to the defined contribution plan. These amounts are included in the “All
Other Compensation” column of the 2020 summary compensation table.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 38
(3) Consists of: (a) $446,400 in dividend equivalents paid under the 120,000-share 1995 RSU award previously discussed,
settlement of which has been deferred until after termination of employment; (b) a $4,300,800 increase in the value of
the RSU award (calculated by subtracting the value of the award at year-end 2019 from the value of the award at year-
end 2020 (in both cases, the number of RSUs is multiplied by the closing price of TI common stock on the last trading
date of the year)); and (c) a $71,736 gain in Mr. Templeton’s deferred compensation account in 2020. Dividend
equivalents are paid at the same rate as dividends on TI common stock.
(4) Consists of dividend equivalents paid on the RSU award discussed in Note 3 and a $1,076,719 deferred compensation
plan account distribution.
(5) All amounts contributed by a named executive officer and by the company in prior years have been reported in the
summary compensation table in previously filed proxy statements in the year earned to the extent he was a named
executive officer for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure.
(6) Of this amount, $19,695,600 is attributable to Mr. Templeton’s 1995 RSU award, calculated as described in Note 3. The
remainder is the balance of his deferred compensation account.
See “Benefits – Retirement plans” for a discussion of the purpose of the plan. An employee’s deferred compensation account
contains eligible compensation the employee has elected to defer and contributions by the company that are in excess of the
IRS limits on (i) contributions the company may make to the enhanced defined contribution plan and (ii) matching
contributions the company may make related to compensation the executive officer deferred into his deferred compensation
account.
Participants in the deferred compensation plan may choose to defer up to (i) 25% of their base salary, (ii) 90% of their
performance bonus and (iii) 90% of profit sharing. Elections to defer compensation must be made in the calendar year prior to
the year in which the compensation will be earned.
During 2020, participants could choose to have their deferred compensation mirror the performance of one or more of the
following mutual funds, each of which is managed by a third party (these alternatives, which may be changed at any time, are
the same as those offered to participants in the defined contribution plans): BlackRock MSCI ACWI ex-U.S. IMI Index
Lendable Fund F, Northern Trust Short Term Investment Fund, Northern Trust Aggregate Bond Index Fund-Lending, Northern
Trust Russell 1000 Value Index Fund-Lending, Northern Trust Russell 1000 Growth Index Fund-Lending, Northern Trust
Russell 2000 Index Fund-Lending, Northern Trust MidCap 400 Index Fund-Lending, BlackRock Equity Index Fund F,
BlackRock (EAFE) (Europe, Australia, Far East) Equity Index Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2020 Fund F, BlackRock
Lifepath Index 2030 Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2040 Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2050 Fund F, BlackRock
Lifepath Index 2025 Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2035 Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2045 Fund F, BlackRock
Lifepath Index 2055 Fund F, BlackRock Lifepath Index 2060 Fund F and BlackRock Lifepath Index Retirement Fund F.
From among the available investment alternatives, participants may change their instructions relating to their deferred
compensation daily. Earnings on a participant’s balance are determined solely by the performance of the investments that the
participant has chosen. The company does not guarantee any minimum return on investments. A third party administers the
company’s deferred compensation program.
A participant may request distribution from the plan in the case of an unforeseeable emergency. To obtain an unforeseeable
emergency withdrawal, a participant must meet the requirements of Section 409A of the IRC. Otherwise, balances are paid to
participants pursuant to their distribution elections and are subject to applicable IRC limitations.
Amounts contributed by the company, and amounts earned and deferred by the participant for which there is a valid distribution
election on file, will be distributed in accordance with the participant’s election. Annually participants may elect separate
distribution dates for deferred compensation attributable to a participant’s (i) bonus and profit sharing and (ii) salary.
Participants may elect that these distributions be in the form of a lump sum or annual installments to be paid out over a period
of five or ten consecutive years. Amounts for which no valid distribution election is on file will be distributed three years from
the date of deferral.
In the event of the participant’s death, payment will be in the form of a lump sum and the earliest date of payment is the first
day of the second calendar month following the month of death. For any other circumstance resulting in termination of
employment, payments are distributed in accordance with the participant’s valid distribution election.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 39
Like the balances under the non-qualified defined benefit pension plans, deferred compensation balances are unsecured
obligations of the company. For amounts earned and deferred prior to 2010, a change in control does not trigger a distribution
under the plan. For amounts earned and deferred after 2009, distribution occurs, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the
IRC, if the participant is involuntarily terminated within 24 months after a change in control. Change in control is the Plan
definition.
Potential payments upon termination or change in control
None of the named executive officers has an employment contract with the company. They are eligible for benefits on generally
the same terms as other U.S. employees upon termination of employment or change in control of the company. TI does not
reimburse executive officers for any income or excise taxes that are payable by the executive as a result of payments relating to
termination or change in control. For a discussion of the impact of these programs on the compensation decisions for 2020, see
“Analysis of compensation determinations – Total compensation” and “Compensation following employment termination or
change in control.”
Termination
The following programs may result in payments to a named executive officer whose employment terminates. Most of these
programs have been discussed above.
Bonus
Our policies concerning bonus and the timing of payments are described under “Compensation philosophy and elements.”
Whether a bonus would be awarded under other circumstances and in what amount would depend on the facts and
circumstances of termination and is subject to the Compensation Committee’s discretion. If awarded, bonuses are paid by the
company.
Qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans
The purposes of these plans are described under “Benefits – Retirement plans.” The formula for determining benefits, the forms
of benefit and the timing of payments are described under “2020 pension benefits.” The amounts disbursed under the qualified
and non-qualified plans are paid, respectively, by the TI Employees Pension Trust and the company.
Survivor benefit plan
The purpose of this plan, along with the formula for determining the amount of benefit, the form of benefit and the timing of
payments, are described under “2020 pension benefits – TI Employees Survivor Benefit Plan.” Amounts distributed are paid by
the TI Employees Health Benefit Trust.
Deferred compensation plan
The purpose of this plan is described under “Benefits – Deferred Compensation.” The amounts payable under this program
depend solely on the performance of investments that the participant has chosen. The timing of payments is discussed under
“2020 non-qualified deferred compensation” and except in the case of death, payments are made according to the participant’s
distribution election. Amounts distributed are paid by the company.
Equity compensation
Depending on the circumstances of termination, grantees whose employment terminates may retain the right to exercise
previously granted stock options and receive shares under outstanding RSU awards as described in the discussion following the
outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table. RSU awards include a right to receive dividend equivalents. The
dividend equivalents are paid annually by the company in a single cash payment after the last dividend payment of the year.
Perquisites
Financial counseling is provided to executive officers for a transition period following retirement. Otherwise, no perquisites
continue after termination of employment.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 40
In the case of a resignation pursuant to a separation agreement, employees above a certain job grade level, including executive
officers, might be offered a 12-month paid leave of absence before termination, in exchange for a non-compete and non-
solicitation commitment and a release of claims against the company. The leave period will be credited to years of service
under the pension plans described above. During the leave, the executive officer’s stock options will continue to become
exercisable and his or her RSUs will continue to vest. Amounts paid to an individual during a paid leave of absence are not
counted when calculating benefits under the qualified and non-qualified pension plans.
In the case of a separation agreement in which the executive officer will be at least 50 years old and have at least 10 years
of employment with the company on his or her last day of active employment before beginning the paid leave of absence, the
separation agreement will typically include an unpaid leave of absence, to commence at the end of the paid leave and end when
the executive officer has reached age 55 (bridge to retirement). During the bridge to retirement, the executive officer will
continue to accrue years of service under the qualified and non-qualified pension plans described above. Stock options will
continue to become exercisable and RSUs will remain in effect.
Change in control
Our only program, plan or arrangement providing benefits triggered by a change in control is the TI Employees Non-Qualified
Pension Plan. A change in control at December 31, 2020, would have accelerated payment of the balance under that plan. See
“2020 pension benefits – TI employees non-qualified pension plans” for a discussion of the purpose of change in control
provisions of that plan as well as the circumstances and the timing of payment.
Upon a change in control there is no acceleration of vesting of stock options and RSUs granted after 2009. Only upon an
involuntary termination (not for cause) within 24 months after a change in control of TI will the vesting of such stock options
and RSUs accelerate. See the discussion following the outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020 table for further
information concerning change in control provisions relating to stock options and RSUs.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 41
The table below shows as of December 31, 2020, the potential payments upon termination or change in control for each of the
named executive officers.
Form of Compensation
Disability
Death
Involuntary
Termination
for Cause
Resignation;
Involuntary
Termination
(not for
Cause)
Retirement
Change
in Control
R. K. Templeton (1)
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ $ 1,102,940 (2) $ 557,084 (3) $ 1,112,181 (4) $ 1,112,181 (4)
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... $ 609,677 (5) $ 256,240 (3) $ 511,567 (4) $ 511,567 (4)
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... $ 217,182 (5) $ 151,890 (3) $ 303,240 (4) $ 303,240 (4)
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
RSUs ............................................................... $ 58,417,150 (8) $ 58,417,150 (8) $19,695,600 (9) $ 58,417,150 (10) $ 58,417,150 (10) $ 19,695,600 (9)
Stock Options ................................................. $252,094,233 (11) $252,094,233 (11) —
$21,622,588
$ 1,112,181 (4)
$ 511,567 (4) $ 511,567 (4)
$ 303,240 (4)
—
—
$252,094,233 (11) $252,094,233 (11) —
$312,438,371
$ 20,207,167
R. K. Templeton Total ..................... $312,441,182
—
—
—
$ 961,774 (6)
$ 1,499,762
—
—
—
—
$313,938,133
$312,438,371
—
R. R. Lizardi
—
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... —
—
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
—
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
RSUs ............................................................... $ 10,362,840 (8) $ 10,362,840 (8)
—
Stock Options ................................................. $ 10,306,137 (11) $ 10,306,137 (11) —
—
—
—
—
—
$ 898,978
R. R. Lizardi Total ........................... $ 20,668,977
$ 21,567,955
H. Ilan
—
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... —
—
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
—
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
RSUs ............................................................... $ 12,271,508 (8) $ 12,271,508 (8)
—
Stock Options ................................................. $ 21,526,929 (11) $ 21,526,929 (11) —
—
—
—
—
—
$ 1,328,487
H. Ilan Total ...................................... $ 33,798,437
$ 35,126,924
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 2,409,904 (12)
$ 2,409,904
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 10,251,065 (12)
$ 10,251,065
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
K. M. Flessner
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ $ 30,953 (2) $ 9,119 (3) $ 19,671(4) $ 19,671 (4)
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... —
—
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
—
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
RSUs ............................................................... $ 7,147,205 (8) $ 7,147,205 (8)
—
Stock Options ................................................. $ 11,325,366 (11) $ 11,325,366 (11) —
$ 19,671
—
—
—
—
—
$ 4,107,919 (12)
—
—
—
$ 358,982
K. M. Flessner Total ......................... $ 18,503,524
$ 4,127,590
$ 18,840,672
$ 19,671(4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
$ 19,671
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
H. H. Kozanian
—
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... —
—
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
—
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
RSUs ............................................................... $ 6,319,333 (8) $ 6,319,333 (8)
—
Stock Options ................................................. $ 4,905,035 (11) $ 4,905,035 (11) —
—
—
—
—
—
$ 84,013
H. H. Kozanian Total ...................... $ 11,224,368
$ 11,308,381
N. Anderskouv
—
Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan ........ —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan ...... —
—
Non-Qual. Defined Benefit Pension Plan II ... —
—
Survivor Benefit Plan ..................................... —
Deferred Compensation (7) ............................ —
—
RSUs ............................................................... $ 11,831,475 (8) $ 11,831,475 (8) —
Stock Options ................................................. $ 10,815,811 (11) $ 10,815,811 (11) —
—
—
—
—
—
$ 712,523
N. Anderskouv Total ........................ $ 22,647,286
$ 23,359,809
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) Mr. Templeton was retirement eligible for purposes of TI’s defined benefit pension plans and under the terms of his
equity compensation awards as of December 31, 2020.
(2)
The amount shown is the lump-sum benefit payable at age 65 to the named executive officer in the event of termination
as of December 31, 2020, due to disability, assuming the named executive officer does not request payment of his
disability benefit until age 65. The assumptions used in calculating these amounts are the same as the age-65 lump-sum
assumptions used for financial reporting purposes for the company’s audited financial statements for 2020 and are
described in Note 5 to the 2020 pension benefits table.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 42
(3) Value of the benefit payable in a lump sum to the executive officer’s beneficiary calculated as required by the terms of
the plan assuming the earliest possible payment date. The plan provides that in the event of death, the beneficiary
receives 50% of the participant’s accrued benefit, reduced by the age-applicable joint and 50% survivor factor.
(4)
(5)
Lump-sum value of the accrued benefit as of December 31, 2020, calculated as required by the terms of the plans
assuming the earliest possible payment date.
The amount shown is the lump-sum benefit payable at age 65, in the case of the Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Pension
Plan, or separation from service in the case of Plan II. The assumptions used are the same as those described in Note 2.
(6) Calculated as required by the terms of the plan assuming the earliest possible payment date.
(7)
In the event of death, a participant’s deferred compensation balance becomes payable immediately. The amount shown
in the column titled “Death” is the balance as of December 31, 2020, under the non-qualified deferred compensation
plan. For all separation events other than death, balances are distributed in accordance with the participant’s distribution
election as discussed in the narrative following the 2020 non-qualified deferred compensation table.
(8) Calculated by multiplying the number of outstanding RSUs by the closing price of TI common stock as of December 31,
2020 ($164.13). In the event of termination due to disability or death, all outstanding awards will continue to vest
according to their terms. See the first table under “Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year-end 2020” for the number of
unvested RSUs as of December 31, 2020, and the related discussion following that table of an additional outstanding
RSU award held by Mr. Templeton.
(9) Calculated by multiplying the previously discussed 120,000 vested RSUs by the closing price of TI common stock as of
December 31, 2020 ($164.13).
(10) Due to retirement eligibility, calculated by multiplying the number of outstanding RSUs held at such termination by the
closing price of TI common stock as of December 31, 2020 ($164.13). RSU awards stay in effect and pay out shares
according to the vesting schedule.
(11) Calculated as the difference between the grant price of all outstanding in-the-money options and the closing price of TI
common stock as of December 31, 2020 ($164.13), multiplied by the number of shares under such options as of
December 31, 2020.
(12) Calculated as the difference between the grant price of all exercisable in-the-money options and the closing price of TI
common stock as of December 31, 2020 ($164.13), multiplied by the number of shares under such options as of
December 31, 2020.
Pay ratio
For 2020, the median of annual total compensation of all employees of our company (other than our CEO), was $74,102. The
annual total compensation of our CEO was $19,081,790. Based on this information, the ratio of the annual total compensation
of our CEO to the median of the annual total compensation of all employees was approximately 258 to 1.
To identify the median of the annual total compensation of all our employees, as well as to determine the annual total
compensation of the “median employee,” we used the following methodology and material assumptions, adjustments and
estimates:
• We selected October 26, 2020, as the date upon which we would identify the “median employee.”
• As of this date, our employee population consisted of approximately 29,568 individuals working at the company and
consolidated subsidiaries, excluding employees on leaves of absence who are not expected to return to work.
• To identify the “median employee,” we used base salary and profit sharing information, each of which is paid to all
employees. Salaries were annualized for all permanent employees who were employees for less than the full fiscal
year or who were on an unpaid leave of absence during a portion of the year.
• We identified and calculated the elements of the median employee’s compensation for 2020 in accordance with the
requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of Regulation S-K, including the value of the employee’s health and welfare
benefits (estimated for the employee and the employee’s eligible dependents) and retirement-related benefits.
• We applied the exchange rate that we utilize in our payroll system, as of the identification date, to convert foreign
currency to U.S. dollars.
The annual total compensation of our CEO is the amount reported in the “Total” column of our 2020 summary compensation
table, adding in the value of health and welfare benefits (estimated for our CEO and his eligible dependents) and retirement-
related benefits. This resulted in annual total compensation for purposes of determining the ratio in the amount of $19,081,790.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 43
Audit Committee report
The Audit Committee of the board of directors has furnished the following report:
As noted in the committee’s charter, TI management is responsible for preparing the company’s financial statements. The
company’s independent registered public accounting firm is responsible for auditing the financial statements. The activities of
the committee are in no way designed to supersede or alter those traditional responsibilities. The committee’s role does not
provide any special assurances with regard to TI’s financial statements, nor does it involve a professional evaluation of the
quality of the audits performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
The committee has reviewed and discussed with management and the independent accounting firm, as appropriate, (1) the
audited financial statements and (2) management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the independent
accounting firm’s related opinions.
The committee has discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young, the required
communications specified by auditing standards together with guidelines established by the SEC and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
The committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from the independent registered public accounting firm
required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, regarding the independent
registered public accounting firm’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed
with Ernst & Young the firm’s independence.
Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the committee recommended to the board of directors that the audited
financial statements be included in the company’s annual report on Form 10-K for 2020 for filing with the SEC.
Mark A. Blinn, Chair
Janet F. Clark
Jean M. Hobby
Michael D. Hsu
Proposal to ratify appointment of independent registered public accounting firm
The Audit Committee of the board has the authority and responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and
oversight of the work of TI’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee has appointed Ernst &
Young LLP to be TI’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2021.
TI has engaged Ernst & Young or a predecessor firm to serve as the company’s independent registered public accounting firm
for over 60 years. In order to assure continuing auditor independence, the Audit Committee periodically considers whether the
annual audit of TI’s financial statements should be conducted by another firm.
The lead audit partner on the TI engagement serves no more than five consecutive years in that role, in accordance with SEC
rules. The Audit Committee Chair and management have direct input into the selection of the lead audit partner.
The members of the Audit Committee and the board believe that the continued retention of Ernst & Young to serve as the
company’s independent registered public accounting firm is in the best interest of the company and its investors. Consequently,
the board asks the stockholders to ratify the appointment of Ernst & Young. If the stockholders do not ratify the appointment,
the Audit Committee will consider whether it should appoint another independent registered public accounting firm.
Representatives of Ernst & Young are expected to be present and available to respond to appropriate questions at the annual
meeting. They have the opportunity to make a statement if they desire to do so; they have indicated that, as of this date, they do
not.
The fees for services provided by Ernst & Young to the company are described below:
Audit .......................................................................................................................
Audit-Related .........................................................................................................
Tax ..........................................................................................................................
All Other .................................................................................................................
2020
2019
$ 9,884,000
$ 763,000
$ 2,372,000
$ 29,000
$ 9,925,000
$ 796,000
$ 1,515,000
$ 25,000
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 44
The services provided were as follows:
Audit: our annual audit, including the audit of internal control over financial reporting, reports on Form 10-Q, assistance with
public debt offerings, statutory audits required internationally and accounting consultations.
Audit-related: including employee benefit plan audits and certification procedures relating to compliance with local-
government or other regulatory standards for various non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Tax: professional services for tax compliance (preparation and review of income tax returns and other tax-related filings) and
tax advice on U.S. and foreign tax matters.
All Other: TI Foundation audit and training.
Pre-approval policy. The Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services to be performed by the
independent registered public accounting firm to assure that the provision of such services does not impair the firm’s
independence.
Annually the independent registered public accounting firm and the director of internal audits present to the Audit Committee
services expected to be performed by the firm over the next 12 months. The Audit Committee reviews and, as it deems
appropriate, pre-approves those services. The services and estimated fees are presented to the Audit Committee for
consideration in the following categories: Audit, Audit-related, Tax and All Other (each as defined in Schedule 14A of the
Securities Exchange Act). For each service listed in those categories, the committee receives detailed documentation indicating
the specific services to be provided. The term of any pre-approval is 12 months from the date of pre-approval, unless the Audit
Committee specifically provides for a different period. The Audit Committee reviews on at least a quarterly basis the services
provided to date by the firm and the fees incurred for those services. The Audit Committee may revise the list of pre-approved
services and related fees from time to time, based on subsequent determinations.
In order to respond to time-sensitive requests for services that may arise between regularly scheduled meetings of the Audit
Committee, the committee has delegated pre-approval authority to its Chair (the Audit Committee does not delegate to
management its responsibilities to pre-approve services). The Chair reports pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee and
seeks ratification of such decisions at the Audit Committee’s next scheduled meeting.
The Audit Committee or its Chair pre-approved all services provided by Ernst & Young during 2020.
The board of directors recommends a vote FOR ratification of the appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the
company’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2021.
Stockholder proposal regarding right to act by written consent
Mr. John Chevedden, 2215 Nelson Avenue #205, Redondo Beach, CA 90278-2453, the beneficial owner of 40 shares of the
company’s common stock, has given notice that he or his designee intends to present the following nonbinding, advisory
proposal at the Annual Meeting. The board of directors opposes the stockholder proposal for the reasons set forth below the
proposal.
Proxies solicited by management will be voted against the stockholder proposal below unless stockholders specify a contrary
choice in their proxies.
In accordance with applicable rules of the SEC, we have set forth Mr. Chevedden’s proposal below.
Shareholder Right to Act by Written Consent – Proposal 4
Shareholders request that our board of directors undertake such steps as may be necessary to permit written consent by
shareholders entitled to cast the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting at
which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were present and voting. This includes shareholder ability to initiate any
appropriate topic for written consent.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 45
Hundreds of major companies enable shareholder action by written consent. This proposal topic won majority shareholder
support at 13 large companies in a single year. This included 67%-support at both Allstate and Sprint. This proposal topic also
won 63%-support at Cigna Corp. (CI) in 2019. This proposal topic would have received higher votes than 63% to 67% at these
companies if more shareholders had access to independent proxy voting advice.
It is important to adopt this proposal because Texas Instruments shareholders also do not have the right to call a special
meeting.
Taking action by written consent in place of a meeting is a means shareholders can use to raise important matters outside the
normal annual meeting cycle like the election of a new director.
It is also more important than ever to be able to replace a director through written consent because it is almost impossible to get
a Board of Directors to remove a director who gets a failed vote at the regular annual shareholder meeting. Too many Board of
Directors have found ways to keep marginal directors on the Board who fail to obtain even a minimal 51%-vote when they are
the only candidate.
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (BK) said it adopted written consent in 2019 after 45%- support (less than a
majority vote) for a written consent shareholder proposal.
A shareholder right to act by written consent might be a way to motive some of our poorer performing directors. For instance
Carrie Cox and Todd Bluedorn each received more than 297 million against votes at our 2019 annual meeting. This compares
unfavorably to the only 2 million against votes that Martin Craighead received.
It is also important to adopt written consent to make up for loss of the right of shareholders to an in- person annual shareholder
meeting.
With the near universal use of internet annual shareholder meetings starting in 2020 shareholders no longer have the right to
discuss concerns with other shareholders and with their directors at a shareholder meeting which can now be an internet
meeting which is an inferior format to a Zoom meeting.
Shareholders are also severely restricted in making their views known at internet shareholder meetings because all critical
questions and comments can be screened out at an internet meeting. For instance Goodyear management hit the mute button
right in the middle of a formal shareholder proposal presentation at its 2020 shareholder meeting due to a well-deserved critical
statement that Goodyear management did not want to hear.
Please vote yes:
Shareholder Right to Act by Written Consent - Proposal 4
The board of directors recommends a vote “AGAINST” this proposal for the following reasons:
(cid:120) Written consent shortcuts debate on key company decisions and can disenfranchise stockholders. Delaware law
and SEC rules provide a meeting framework that promotes informed and deliberate engagement among a company’s
stockholders. Action by written consent ignores that framework. When stockholders are asked to take action at a
meeting, those soliciting votes are obligated to provide materials that inform the stockholder of the actions to be
considered and the consequences of any outcomes. That obligation is not required of written consent solicitations, with
the result that stockholders could be requested to take action without all necessary information and without appropriate
time to deliberate. Written consent further disenfranchises stockholders by eliminating the requirement that all
stockholders participate in key corporate decisions. Because only some stockholders need be solicited for their
consent, others lose the opportunity to engage on the requested action.
(cid:120) Stockholders already have several methods through which they can influence company practices without acting
by written consent. Primarily, our annual stockholder meeting provides an opportunity for stockholders to provide
direct feedback by voting on director nominees, executive compensation, auditor selection and other matters that come
before the meeting, or to ask questions of management. If stockholders make the board or management aware of
events warranting stockholder action between annual meetings, the by-laws permit the Chairman, CEO, or Secretary to
call a special meeting of stockholders. Stockholders may also bring specific items of business before the company and
other stockholders by submitting proposals for inclusion in the company’s proxy materials to be voted on at the
meeting, or to be voted on at the meeting without being included in company proxy materials. Company by-laws also
allow stockholders to nominate directors at the meeting or using proxy access.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 46
(cid:120) Written consent is unnecessary because our stockholders already communicate with the board of directors and
management. TI has a robust investor engagement program that allows stockholders to ask questions of and express
their opinion to TI management and the board. Our investor relations team regularly engages with stockholders to
answer questions and seek feedback regarding our business operations, both at investor events and meetings as well as
through direct communication with our investor relations team. As part of TI’s governance, compensation,
environmental and social outreach program, members of TI management annually engage with top stockholders to
listen to their views and get feedback on these programs. Given these robust engagement opportunities for
stockholders, a written consent right is unnecessary.
(cid:120) The company has been responsive to stockholder feedback it has received through existing communication
channels. Using the communication channels described above, stockholders have provided the company feedback on
its practices, and where appropriate, the company has responded. For example, our two directors who received low
stockholder support in 2019 due to stockholder concern about their other public company board commitments received
more than 97% in 2020. The increase in stockholder support is attributable to the directors’ reducing their number of
non-TI board commitments, despite the fact that those additional outside commitments were within the company’s
established guidelines.
For these reasons, the board of directors recommends a vote “AGAINST” this proposal.
Additional information
Voting securities
As stated in the notice of annual meeting, holders of record of the common stock at the close of business on February 22, 2021,
may vote at the meeting or any adjournment of the meeting. As of February 22, 2021, 923,008,297 shares of TI common stock
were outstanding. This is the only class of capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting. Each holder of common stock has one
vote for each share held.
Security ownership of certain beneficial owners
The following table shows the only persons who have reported beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the common stock of
the company by virtue of filing a schedule 13G with the SEC. Persons generally “beneficially own” shares if they have the right
to either vote those shares or dispose of them. More than one person may be considered to beneficially own the same shares.
Name and Address
The Vanguard Group
100 Vanguard Blvd.
Malvern, PA 19355 ........................................................................................
BlackRock, Inc.
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055 .....................................................................................
Shares Owned at
December 31, 2020
Percent
of Class
84,632,052 (1)
9.22%
70,89,730 (2)
7.70%
(1) According to its Form 13G filing, The Vanguard Group has shared voting power for 1,561,307 shares, sole dispositive
power for 80,505,280 shares, and shared dispositive power for 4,126,772 shares.
(2) According to its Form 13G filing, BlackRock, Inc. has sole voting power for 60,835,380 shares and sole dispositive
power for 70,859,730 shares.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 47
Security ownership of directors and management
The following table shows the beneficial ownership of TI common stock by directors, the named executive officers and all
executive officers and directors as a group. Each director and named executive officer has sole voting power (except for shares
obtainable within 60 days, shares subject to RSUs and shares credited to deferred compensation accounts as detailed in the
footnotes to the table) and sole investment power with respect to the shares owned. The table excludes shares held by a family
member if a director or executive officer has disclaimed beneficial ownership. No director or executive officer has pledged
shares of TI common stock.
Name
Directors (1)
M. A. Blinn .....................................................................................................
T. M. Bluedorn ...............................................................................................
J. F. Clark .......................................................................................................
C. S. Cox ........................................................................................................
M. S. Craighead ..............................................................................................
J. M. Hobby ....................................................................................................
M. D. Hsu .......................................................................................................
R. Kirk ............................................................................................................
P. H. Patsley ...................................................................................................
R. E. Sanchez ..................................................................................................
R. K. Templeton (2)........................................................................................
Management (3)
R. R. Lizardi ...................................................................................................
H. Ilan .............................................................................................................
K. M. Flessner ................................................................................................
H. H. Kozanian ...............................................................................................
N. Anderskouv ................................................................................................
All executive officers and directors as a group (4) .........................................
*
less than 1%.
(1)
Included in the shares owned shown above are:
Shares Owned at
December 31, 2020
Percent of
Class
25,672
11,102
36,400
59,451
18,066
16,928
2,687
61,429
143,321
73,336
3,429,639
185,667
307,349
167,384
73,675
163,623
5,631,984
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Directors
M. A. Blinn ...................................................
T. M. Bluedorn .............................................
J. F. Clark ......................................................
C. S. Cox .......................................................
M. S. Craighead ............................................
J. M. Hobby ..................................................
M. D. Hsu .....................................................
R. Kirk ..........................................................
P. H. Patsley ..................................................
R. E. Sanchez ................................................
R. K. Templeton ...........................................
Shares Obtainable
within 60 Days
4,703
6,472
22,527
22,527
3,243
12,537
—
45,365
60,114
45,365
2,346,973
RSUs
(in Shares) (a)
11,901
4,630
7,780
30,926
3,723
3,891
2,064
3,891
5,891
7,633
355,920
Shares
Credited
to Deferred
Compensation
Accounts (b)
9,068
—
6,093
2,859
—
—
632
4,160
52,281
9,932
—
(a)
The non-employee directors’ RSUs granted before 2007 are settled in TI common stock generally upon the
director’s termination of service provided he or she has served at least eight years or has reached the company’s
retirement age for directors. RSUs granted after 2006 are settled in TI common stock generally upon the fourth
anniversary of the grant date.
(b)
The shares in deferred compensation accounts are issued following the director’s termination of service.
(2)
Includes 13,013 shares credited to Mr. Templeton’s 401(k) account and 529,004 shares held by the Richard and Mary
Templeton Foundation, a charitable foundation. Mr. Templeton has no pecuniary interest in the Foundation’s shares.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 48
(3)
Included in the shares owned shown above are:
Executive Officer
R. R. Lizardi ...............................................
H. Ilan .........................................................
K. M. Flessner ............................................
H. H. Kozanian ...........................................
N. Anderskouv ............................................
Shares Obtainable
within 60 Days
104,096
232,582
114,267
35,173
87,146
Shares Credited
to 401(k) Account
RSUs (in Shares)
—
—
—
—
—
63,138
74,767
43,546
38,502
72,086
(4)
Includes:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3,742,718 shares obtainable within 60 days;
13,636 shares credited to 401(k) accounts;
949,954 shares subject to RSU awards; for the terms of these RSUs, see pages 18 and 35-36; and
96,537 shares credited to certain non-employee directors’ deferred compensation accounts; shares in deferred
compensation accounts are issued following a director’s termination of service.
Related person transactions
Because we believe that company transactions with directors and executive officers of TI or with persons related to TI directors
and executive officers present a heightened risk of creating or appearing to create a conflict of interest, we have a written
related person transaction policy that has been approved by the board of directors. The policy states that TI directors and
executive officers should obtain the approvals or ratifications specified below in connection with any related person transaction.
The policy applies to transactions in which:
1.
2.
3.
TI or any TI subsidiary is or will be a participant;
The amount involved exceeds or is expected to exceed $120,000 in a fiscal year; and
Any of the following (a “related person”) has or will have a direct or indirect interest:
(a) A TI director or executive officer, or an Immediate Family Member of a director or executive officer;
(b) A stockholder owning more than 5% of the common stock of TI or an Immediate Family Member of such
stockholder, or, if the 5% stockholder is not a natural person, any person or entity designated in the Form
13G or 13D filed under the SEC rules and regulations by the 5% stockholder as having an ownership
interest in TI stock (individually or collectively, a “5% holder”); or
(c) An entity in which someone listed in (a) above has a 5% or greater ownership interest, by which someone
listed in (a) is employed, or of which someone listed in (a) is a director, principal or partner.
For purposes of the policy, an “Immediate Family Member” is any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-
in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law or any person (other than a tenant or employee)
sharing the household of a TI director, executive officer or 5% holder.
The policy specifies that a related person transaction includes, but is not limited to, any financial transaction, arrangement or
relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions or arrangements.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 49
The required approvals are as follows:
Arrangement Involving:
Executive officer who is also a member of the TI board, an Immediate
Family Member of such person, or an entity in which any of the
foregoing has a 5% or greater ownership interest
Chair of the GSR Committee, chief compliance officer, any of his or her
Immediate Family Members, or an entity in which any of the foregoing
has a 5% or greater ownership interest
Approval Required by:
GSR Committee
GSR Committee
Any other director or executive officer, an Immediate Family Member of
such person, or an entity in which any of the foregoing has a 5% or greater
ownership interest
Chief Compliance Officer
in consultation with the
Chair of the GSR Committee
A 5% holder
GSR Committee
No member of the GSR Committee will participate in the consideration of a related person arrangement in which such member
or any of his or her Immediate Family Members is the related person.
The approving body or persons will consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to them, including (if
applicable) but not limited to: the benefits to the company of the arrangement; the impact on a director’s independence; the
availability of other sources for comparable products or services; the terms of the arrangement; and the terms available to
unrelated third parties or to employees generally. The primary consideration is whether the transaction between TI and the
related person (a) was the result of undue influence from the related person or (b) could adversely influence or appear to
adversely influence the judgment, decisions or actions of the director or executive officer in meeting TI responsibilities or
create obligations to other organizations that may come in conflict with responsibilities to TI.
No related person arrangement will be approved unless it is determined to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of
the company and its stockholders, as the approving body or persons shall determine in good faith.
The chief compliance officer will provide periodic reports to the committee on related person transactions. Any related person
transaction brought to the attention of the chief compliance officer or of which the chief compliance officer becomes aware that
is not approved pursuant to the process set forth above shall be terminated as soon as practicable.
The board has determined that the following types of transactions pose little risk of a conflict of interest and therefore has
deemed them approved:
• Compensation paid to a TI director or executive officer for services as such, or where the sole interest in a related
person transaction of a TI director, executive officer or 5% holder is their position as such;
• Transactions where the rates or charges involved are determined by competitive bids, involve the rendering of services
as a common or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental
authority;
• Transactions involving services as a bank depository of funds, transfer agent, registrar, trustee under a trust indenture
•
or similar services;
Interests of a related person arising only from:
(cid:123)
the direct or indirect ownership in another party to the transaction and that ownership, when combined with the
ownership of all the other individuals specified in 3(a)-(c) above, is less than 5% of the outstanding equity of such
party;
(cid:123) an interest as a limited partner in a partnership, and that ownership interest, when combined with all the other
ownership interests of the other individuals specified in 3(a)-(c) above, is less than 5% of the total ownership
interest of the limited partnership;
their position as a director of another corporation or organization;
the ownership of TI stock and all holders of that class of stock receive the same benefit on a pro-rata basis;
(cid:123)
(cid:123)
• Transactions in the ordinary course of business where the only relationship of a TI director or executive officer, or
their Immediate Family Member, is as an employee (other than an executive officer) and/or less than a 10% beneficial
owner of the other entity if (i) the TI director or executive officer is not involved in negotiating the terms of the
transaction and (ii) amounts involved for the fiscal year do not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 2 percent of the
entity’s consolidated gross revenues for that year;
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 50
• Charitable contributions, grants or endowments by TI or the TI Foundation to an entity where the only relationship of
the TI director or executive officer, or their Immediate Family Member, is as a trustee or employee (other than as an
executive officer) if the aggregate payments for the fiscal year do not exceed the greater of $200,000 or 2% of the
recipient’s consolidated gross revenues for that year. “Payments” exclude payments arising solely from investments in
TI stock, payments under the TI Director Award Program and payments under non-discretionary charitable
contribution matching programs; and
• Transactions involving the employment of an Immediate Family Member of a TI director or executive officer if such
director or executive officer does not participate in the decisions regarding the hiring, performance evaluation or
compensation of the Immediate Family Member and such hiring, performance evaluation or compensation is
determined on a basis consistent with TI’s human resources policies.
During 2020, two sons of R. Gregory Delagi (Senior Vice President through February 5, 2020) were employed in our facilities
and manufacturing organizations. Mr. Delagi was not involved in any decisions regarding his sons’ employment at TI, and their
compensation was consistent with that of similarly situated employees and was determined on a basis consistent with the
company’s human resources policies.
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
During 2020, Mr. Craighead and Mses. Cox and Patsley served on the Compensation Committee. No committee member
(i) was an officer or employee of TI, (ii) was formerly an officer of TI or (iii) had any relationship requiring disclosure under
the SEC’s rules governing disclosure of related person transactions (Item 404 of Regulation S-K). No executive officer of TI
served as a director or member of the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose directors or executive officers
served as a member of our board of directors or a member of the Compensation Committee.
Cost of solicitation
The solicitation is made on behalf of our board of directors. TI will pay the cost of soliciting these proxies. We will reimburse
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for reasonable expenses they incur in sending these proxy
materials to you if you are a beneficial holder of our shares.
Without receiving additional compensation, directors, officers and employees of TI may solicit proxies personally, by
telephone, fax or email, from some stockholders if proxies are not promptly received. We have also hired Georgeson Inc. to
assist in the solicitation of proxies at a cost of $12,500 plus out-of-pocket expenses.
Stockholder proposals and nominations for 2022
The table below shows the deadlines for stockholders to submit proposals or director nominations for next year’s annual
meeting.
When proposal must be
received by Texas Instruments
On or before
November 9, 2021
Proposals for Inclusion in
2022 Proxy Materials
Director Nominees for Inclusion
in 2022 Proxy Materials
(Proxy Access)
No earlier than October 10,
2021, and no later than
November 9, 2021
Other Proposals/Nominees to be
Presented at 2022 Annual Meeting
(and Not for Inclusion in
Proxy Materials)
No earlier than December 18,
2021, and no later than
January 22, 2022
Proposals are to be sent to: Texas Instruments Incorporated, 12500 TI Boulevard, MS 8658, Dallas, TX 75243, Attn: Secretary.
We reserve the right to reject, rule out of order, or take any other appropriate action with respect to any proposal or nomination
that does not comply with these and other applicable requirements.
Benefit plan voting
If you are a participant in the TI Contribution and 401(k) Savings Plan, or the TI 401(k) Savings Plan, you are a “named
fiduciary” under the plans and are entitled to direct the voting of shares allocable to your accounts under these plans. The
trustee administering your plan will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you wish to instruct the trustee on
the voting of shares held for your accounts, you should do so by April 19, 2021, in the manner described in the notice of annual
meeting.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 51
Additionally, participants under the plans are designated as “named fiduciaries” for the purpose of voting TI stock held under
the plans for which no voting direction is received. TI shares held by the TI 401(k) savings plans for which no voting
instructions are received by April 19, 2021, will be voted in the same proportions as the shares in the plans for which voting
instructions have been received by that date unless otherwise required by law.
Telephone and internet voting
Registered stockholders and benefit plan participants. Stockholders with shares registered directly with Computershare (TI’s
transfer agent) and participants who beneficially own shares in a TI benefit plan may vote telephonically by calling (800) 690-
6903 (within the U.S. and Canada only, toll-free) or via the internet at www.proxyvote.com.
The telephone and internet voting procedures are designed to authenticate stockholders’ identities, to allow stockholders to give
their voting instructions and to confirm that stockholders’ instructions have been recorded properly.
Stockholders with shares registered in the name of a brokerage firm or bank. A number of brokerage firms and banks offer
telephone and internet voting options. These programs may differ from the program provided to registered stockholders and
benefit plan participants. Check the information forwarded by your bank, broker or other holder of record to see which options
are available to you.
Stockholders voting via the internet should understand that there may be costs associated with electronic access, such as usage
charges from telephone companies and internet access providers, that must be borne by the stockholder.
Stockholders sharing the same address
To reduce the expenses of delivering duplicate materials, we take advantage of the SEC’s “householding” rules that permit us
to deliver only one set of proxy materials (or one Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials) to stockholders who share
an address unless otherwise requested. If you share an address with another stockholder and have received only one set of these
materials, you may request a separate copy at no cost to you by calling Investor Relations at (214) 479-3773 or by writing to
Texas Instruments Incorporated, P.O. Box 660199, MS 8657, Dallas, TX 75266-0199, Attn: Investor Relations. For future
annual meetings, you may request separate materials, or request that we send only one set of materials to you if you are
receiving multiple copies, by calling (866) 540-7095 or writing to Investor Relations at the address given above.
Electronic delivery of proxy materials and copies of our Form 10-K
As an alternative to receiving printed copies of these materials in future years, we are pleased to offer stockholders the
opportunity to receive proxy mailings electronically. To request electronic delivery, vote via the internet at
www.proxyvote.com and, when prompted, enroll to receive or access proxy materials electronically in future years. After
the meeting date, stockholders holding shares through a broker or bank may request electronic delivery by visiting
www.icsdelivery.com/ti and entering information for each account held by a bank or broker. If you are a registered stockholder
and would like to request electronic delivery, visit www-us.computershare.com/investor or call TI Investor Relations at
(214) 479-3773 for more information. If you are a participant in a TI benefit plan and would like to request electronic delivery,
call TI Investor Relations for more information.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 52
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Stockholder Meeting to be held on April 22,
2021. This 2021 proxy statement and the company’s 2020 annual report are accessible at: www.proxyvote.com.
The company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, which contains consolidated financial
statements, accompanies this proxy statement. You may also obtain a copy of the company’s 2020 Form 10-K, including a
list of exhibits and any exhibit specifically requested, without charge by writing to Investor Relations, P.O. Box 660199,
MS 8657, Dallas, TX 75266-0199. Our Form 10-K is also available in the “Investor Relations” section of our website at
www.ti.com.
Sincerely,
Dallas, Texas
March 9, 2021
Cynthia Hoff Trochu
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
Notice regarding forward-looking statements
This proxy statement includes forward-looking statements intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by phrases
such as TI or its management “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresees,” “forecasts,” “estimates” or other words or
phrases of similar import. Statements herein that describe TI’s business strategy, ability to generate free cash flow in the future,
outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements. All such forward-looking statements are
subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and amounts to differ materially from those in forward-
looking statements. For a detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties, see the Risk factors discussion in Item 1A of our
annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. The forward-looking statements included in this proxy
statement are made only as of the date of this proxy statement, and we undertake no obligation to update the forward-looking
statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
2021 PROXY STATEMENT • PAGE 53
Appendix A
Non-GAAP reconciliations
This proxy statement refers to ratios based on free cash flow. These are financial measures that were not prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (GAAP). Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure calculated by
subtracting capital expenditures from the most directly comparable GAAP measure, cash flows from operating activities (also
referred to as cash flow from operations). We believe free cash flow and these ratios based on it provide insight into our
liquidity, our cash-generating capability and the amount of cash potentially available to return to shareholders, as well as
insight into our financial performance. These non-GAAP measures are supplemental to the comparable GAAP measures and
are reconciled in the table below to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.
Free Cash Flow as a Percentage of Revenue
(Millions of dollars)
Cash flow from operations (GAAP) ..................................................
Capital expenditures ..........................................................................
Free cash flow (non-GAAP) ..............................................................
For Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
2018
Total
$ 6,139
(649)
$ 5,490
$ 6,649
(847)
$ 5,802
$ 7,189
(1,131)
$ 6,058
$19,977
(2,627)
$17,350
Revenue .............................................................................................
$14,461
$14,383
$15,784
$44,628
%
Cash flow from operations as a percentage of revenue (GAAP) .......
Free cash flow as a percentage of revenue (non-GAAP) ...................
42.5%
38.0%
46.2%
40.3%
45.5%
38.4%
44.8%
38.9%
A-1
(This page intentionally left blank.)
OTHER INFORMATION
Comparison of total shareholder return
This graph compares TI’s total shareholder return with the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index over a
five-year period, beginning December 31, 2015, and ending December 31, 2020. The total shareholder return assumes $100
invested at the beginning of the period in TI common stock, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index.
invested at the beginning of the period in TI common stock the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index
It also assumes reinvestment of all dividends.
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among Texas Instruments Incorporated, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P Information Technology Index
$400
$350
$300
$250
$200
$150
$100
$50
$0
Crea
12/15
12/16
12/17
12/18
12/19
12/20
Texas Instruments Incorporated
12/16
12/17
12/15
12/18
12/19
12/20
S&P 500
S&P Information Technology
Texas Instruments Incorporated
S&P 500
S&P Information Technology
12/15
100.00
100.00
100.00
12/16
136.72
111.96
113.85
12/17
200.67
136.40
158.06
12/18
186.23
130.42
157.60
12/19
259.90
171.49
236.86
12/20
342.39
203.04
340.83
Notice regarding forward-looking statements
This annual report includes forward-looking statements intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established
by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by
phrases such as TI or its management “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “foresees,” “forecasts,” “estimates” or other
words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements herein that describe TI’s business strategy, ability to generate free
cash flow in the future, outlook, objectives, plans, intentions or goals also are forward-looking statements. All such forward-
looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from
those in forward-looking statements. For a more detailed discussion of these factors, see the risk factors discussion that
begins on page 8 of this report. Forward-looking statements in this report are made only as of the date of this report, and
we undertake no obligation to update them to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
PAGE 1
Board of directors, leadership
Directors
Leadership
Richard K. Templeton
Chairman of the Board,
President and
Chief Executive Officer,
Texas Instruments Incorporated
Mark A. Blinn
Retired President and
Chief Executive Officer,
Flowserve Corporation
Todd M. Bluedorn
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer,
Lennox International Inc.
Janet F. Clark
Retired Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer,
Marathon Oil Corporation
Carrie S. Cox
Retired Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer,
Humacyte, Inc.
TI Fellows
Martin S. Craighead
Retired Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer,
Baker Hughes Inc.
Richard K. Templeton
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief
Executive Offiff cer
Jean M. Hobby
Retired Partner,
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Haviv Ilan
Executive Vice President
and Chief Operating Officer
Michael D. Hsu
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer,
Kimberly-Clark Corporation
Ronald Kirk
Senior Of Counsel,
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
Pamela H. Patsley
Retired Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer,
MoneyGram International, Inc.
Robert E. Sanchez
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Offiff cer,
Ryder System, Inc.
Ahmad S. Bahai
Senior Vice President
and Chief Technology Officer
Gurshaman S. Baweja
Senior Vice President
and Chief Information Officer
Kyle M. Flessner
Senior Vice President
Mark S. Gary
Senior Vice President
Hagop H. Kozanian
Senior Vice President
Rafael R. Lizardi
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial
Offiff cer
Mark T. Roberts
Senior Vice President
Amichai Ron
Senior Vice President
Cynthia Hoff Trochu
Senior Vice President,
Secretary and
General Counsel
Julie M. Van Haren
Senior Vice President
Darla H. Whitaker
Senior Vice President
TI Fellows are engineers, scientists or technologists who are recognized by peers and TI management for outstanding
performance. Fellows are elected or re-elected every five years based on their exceptional leadership in driving deeper levels of
innovation that make TI stronger.
Announced in 2020: Tim Anderson, Yevgen Barsukov, Keerthi Heragu, Mahesh Mehendale, Sandeep Oswal and Vijay Rentala
were named Fellows.
Stockholder and other information
Stockholder records information
SEC Form 10-K
Stockholder correspondence:
Computershare
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233-5000
Overnight correspondence:
Computershare
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202
Toll free: 800-981-8676
Phone: 312-360-5151
Website: www.computershare.com/investor
Online inquiries: www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact
A copy of the company’s annual report to the Securities
and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K is available on
the Investor Relations website at www.ti.com/ir.
Copies of the Form 10-K, including a list of exhibits and
any exhibit specifically requested, are available without
charge by writing to:
Texas Instruments Investor Relations
P.O. Box 660199, MS 8657
Dallas, TX 75266-0199
© 2021 Texas Instruments Incorporated
SZZO011